Quarterlytics / Industrials / Trucking / U.S. Xpress Enterprises

U.S. Xpress Enterprises

usx · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker usx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Trucking
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · U.S. Xpress Enterprises
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Fueled by 
Technology 
and Tenacity

2019 ANNUAL REPORT

Driving Operational 
Efficiency through 
Strategic Initiatives  

As one of the nation’s largest asset-based trucking companies—including 
being a Top 10 provider of dedicated contract services—we know how 
important our trucks and trailers are. But are they our most valuable asset? 
Not the way we see it. 

Here at U.S. Xpress, we don’t just run on horsepower, we run on the 
brainpower of thousands of visionaries and problem-solvers. Their ideas are 
all helping us discover and explore new ways to do business and improve 
service and efficiency for our customers. And we’re already seeing results. 

By the Numbers

42%

of company trucks in 
dedicated operation 

21%

increase in average 
tractors in dedicated over 
last four years

25K

independent carriers 
now included in our 
brokerage network 

4M+

40K

5TH

customer and driver touch 
points eliminated 

parking spaces presented to 
drivers through in-cab tech

largest publicly traded asset-
based truckload carrier

$1.7B

15TH

8.5K+

in revenue

year as EPA SmartWay Partner

problem solvers

U.S. XPRESS ENTERPRISES, INC.   2019 ANNUAL REPORT            1

We’re capitalizing on 
tech to create competitive 
advantages that will 
position us as a best-in-
class solutions provider.

IDEAS FUELED BY INNOVATION  We’re embracing 
next-generation technology and data-driven 
approaches to improve the customer experience and 
drive efficiencies across the company. We alleviated a 
major pain point for drivers by presenting over 40,000 
parking spaces through their in-cab technology to help 
them maximize their Hours of Service and to find a safe 
place to take a break. 

Along with helping drivers succeed, we are using 
technology to help eliminate friction in the order process 
for everyone involved, improving on-time performance, 
and removing unnecessary steps along the way. In fact, to 
lead the charge in making technology-enabled 
improvements, we’ve expanded our tech personnel by 
60%, including three PhD data scientists. 

2

Julie Van de Kamp 

VP of Customer Experience

“ After 12 years working in the 
industry, I’ve found that 
sometimes the simplest ideas 
are the best. My team and I knew 
we needed to start making the 
customer experience process 
simpler. But how? Turns out, it was 
as simple as assigning them one 
contact point. It made things so 
much easier—for us and them.”

U.S. XPRESS ENTERPRISES, INC.   2019 ANNUAL REPORT            3

IDEAS FUELED BY CUSTOMERS  In 2019, we took a hard look 
at the values we hold true as a company. The somewhat 
painful truth was that we had lost our customer focus at 
some point along the way. This realization led us to do a 
reset at every level of the company with the introduction of 
a new set of core values that keep the customers front and 
center along with an insistence on working together and 
being unafraid to take calculated risks. While we recognize 
that changing a mindset doesn’t happen overnight, we’re 
taking several steps in the right direction. 

Our Customer Experience team has taken particularly 
large strides in putting customers first by streamlining 
day-to-day interactions and giving each customer one 
single touchpoint, whether their freight is being carried 
through our asset-based business or brokered through a 
3rd party carrier. 

Ralph Romero 

VP of Talent Management

“I’ve worked in talent management for 
a long time, but one of the most 
rewarding projects I’ve ever worked 
on has been the Professional Driver 
Development initiative at U.S. Xpress. 
Since rolling it out, there has already 
been a 6% decrease in driver turnover 
and 20% reduction in preventable 
accidents among participating 
drivers. These kinds of results are 
really what keep me going. I’m so 
lucky to be part of such a relentless 
team that was able to come together 
to make it happen.”

4

We’re continuing to improve 
our service offerings.

IDEAS FUELED BY TENACITY  Ever mindful of the need to 
continually evolve our service offerings to meet the needs 
of our customers, we’re taking steps to enhance the 
options we have today while looking for new ways to 
serve tomorrow. 

With the growing demand for dedicated business, we have 
expanded our dedicated service offering to comprise 42% 
of our company’s total fleet, increasing our average 
tractors in dedicated by 21% over the last 4 years.

Now we’re gearing up to take it to the next level with a 
new focus on professional driver development that gives 
plenty of attention to the specialized skills needed to 
deliver that particular service.

We have also started the process of converting our 
brokerage network, now 25,000 independent carriers 
strong, to a digital management system that drives 
efficiencies and response times for both drivers 
and customers.

IDEAS FUELED BY RESPONSIBILITY  As problem solvers, 
we are dedicated not only to caring for our customers’ 
freight but also for our planet, our people and the 
communities we serve. 

Proudly entering our 15th year as an EPA SmartWay 
Partner, we’re even prouder to have won two SmartWay 

Excellence Awards for our industry-leading efficiency and 
contribution to clean air. 

We take our responsibility for keeping the nation’s roads 
as safe as possible very seriously. That’s one reason we’ve 
partnered with Truckers Against Trafficking to train our 
drivers to recognize and report instances of human 
trafficking, a multi-billion-dollar industry that enslaves 
about 40 million people worldwide. 

In the spirit of safe roads, we’ve taken our driver safety 
efforts well above and beyond standard practice or even 
national requirements. With hair testing conducted for all 
new truck drivers at U.S. Xpress and forward-facing event 
recorders installed across our fleet, we’re trying to do 
everything we can to keep the roads safe for our drivers 
and the millions of motorists driving alongside them. 

U.S. XPRESS ENTERPRISES, INC.   2019 ANNUAL REPORT            5

Letter to our 
Shareholders

Change is here

ERIC FULLER  PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

In 2019, we competed for freight in a highly volatile market, and we 
invested materially in the future of our enterprise as we continued to make 
advances in automation of core functions, implementation of safety training 
and technology, and improved execution of our large and growing 
dedicated contract unit.

6

We also renewed our focus on the customer, to offer a 
differentiated level of service and analytics. As we enter 
2020, I am struck by how quickly the landscape has 
changed as our nation battles the spread of Covid-19 
which has dramatically impacted how we live and work. 
In this period of uncertainty, we are committed to 
keeping our employees safe and our customers’ product 
moving across the country. U.S. Xpress provides a critical 
service to our customers and their customers as millions 
of Americans depend on us to ship their product and 
keep their store shelves stocked. We are quickly adapting 
to the changing environment and working with our 
drivers, on a daily basis, to keep them informed and safe. 
Importantly, the investments that we have made in our 
Company position us to not only overcome the near term 
challenges that we face but succeed over the long term 
as our market continues to rapidly evolve.

Looking back at 2019, our financial results were 
disappointing as our industry experienced increased 
capacity relative to volumes, which drove spot rates down 
to levels we haven’t seen in over ten years. This challenging 
market backdrop was further impacted by an erratic trade 
policy and new digital disruptors operating at negative 
margins. As a company, we had some bumps but also 
some big wins in areas of strategic focus. Our internal 
initiatives set a foundation for further improvement as we 
continue to advance our company. We must continue to 
execute on our current initiatives, find new ways to operate 
based on years of experience and knowledge, and 
capitalize on new technologies like those now being 
deployed by venture-backed digital companies. This is the 
clear focus of our executive management team in 2020.

Drilling down into our results in more detail, our internal 
initiatives were overshadowed by poor performance in 
our Over-The-Road division. Volumes and rates slipped 
through the year, and our decision to divest our Mexico 
operations, while still the right long-term decision, 
coincided with the downturn in the spot market, forcing 
us to expose more of our capacity to rapidly falling rates. 
As a result, companywide operating margins deteriorated 
by over 500 basis points through the year, putting us 
solidly in the third tier of our competitive peer group. It 
has been, and continues to be, our main focus to improve 
profitability through the cycle with the goal of eventually 
delivering margins in line with or better than the industry 
over time. However, our long-term goal is not to focus on 
what is thought of as our peer group today, but on a 
broader subset of companies that are more diverse in 
their service offerings and revenue base.

While our financial results were disappointing, we had 
many big wins spread across the organization. The most 
evident was in our Dedicated division where revenue, on a 
per truck basis, increased by almost 8% and was the 
highest that we have seen in the history of our Company. 
This was driven by improved utilization per truck and rates 
that were up 3%, year over year. These improvements 
were the result of successful efforts that we made to 
improve the business mix in Dedicated by allocating 
capital to new and existing accounts with a better 
combination of rate and utilization. Looking forward, our 
goal is to organically grow Dedicated to more than 50% of 
total Company tractors, given the stability that the division 
provides through economic cycles. 

We have also been focused on improving our safety 
results given our desire to be a good corporate citizen 
and put the best quality truck and driver out on the road 
and around our friends and families. There is also a 
significant financial benefit to this initiative, since our 
accident costs, reflected mostly in our insurance line 
item, is one of our largest costs. To achieve this goal, we 
have focused on three primary areas.

First, we rolled out forward looking event recorders in all of 
our trucks starting in May 2018. This gives us an additional 
tool for coaching our drivers and identifying the root cause 
of accidents, which are often the fault of others. 

Second, we have revamped our driver training program, 
starting at the beginning of 2019, which was based on a 
more hands on approach, as opposed to a dense 
classroom curriculum. We opened two facilities this past 
year and plan to open more facilities in 2020 with a goal of 
using this new training for 100% of our drivers, over time. 

Lastly, we rolled out hair follicle drug testing at the 
beginning of 2019 for all student hires and expanded that 
initiative to include testing of all experienced drivers in 
the back half of 2019. 

All combined, we expect these initiatives to lead to a 
better quality of driver for U.S. Xpress, which I believe will 
lead to a lower claims expense, over time. 

We also took a strong approach to our equipment 
management strategy. We were able to seat additional 
tractors and eliminate unproductive equipment, allowing 
us to drive revenue production without increasing our 
fixed cost infrastructure. 

U.S. XPRESS ENTERPRISES, INC.   2019 ANNUAL REPORT            7

Along with this is an increased focus on our customers. 
We have always provided solid service to our customers 
but allowed the culture of “the customer is the most 
important thing in our business” to slip away some. It’s 
easy to divert your focus from customers to drivers when 
your industry struggles with triple digit workforce 
turnover. Therefore, we have redesigned our structure to 
prioritize the customer. We are focused around 
providing the highest level of service expected from our 
customers while driving their costs down. With a new 
operating structure, new compensation strategy, and 
new management in both sales and customer 
experience we can drive growth in our revenues in all 
areas of our business. 

To conclude, 2019 was a year of transformation for U.S. 
Xpress; one where we were focused on the future. While 
we partner with our employees and customers to 
successfully battle the coronavirus over the near term, we 
will also continue to implement these transformational 
initiatives through the year. We believe our investments 
will start to show results as we roll out multiple operating 
models in our asset and non-asset based businesses that 
are designed for the future with improved margins, lower 
unit cost, and ultimate scalability. This will be a year in 
which we leverage cutting edge technology to drive cost 
out and revenue production up through automation and 
optimization. The results of our work will show in our 
numbers for years to come and will set us apart from our 
current competitors, new entrants, and larger capacity 
solutions providers. 

As you can see, I am very excited with what the future 
holds for U.S. Xpress.

Eric Fuller, President and Chief Executive Officer

We needed to drive real change across our organization 
as well as implement foundational improvements to 
position U.S. Xpress to be successful in a rapidly changing 
industry. Through 2017 and 2018, we focused on our 
planning methodology, our fleet manager structure, and 
our operational incentives, all essential building blocks to 
the initiatives that we are implementing today such as the 
‘frictionless order’. While we have made strong progress 
implementing our strategic initiatives designed to 
improve our performance, it was not enough to insulate 
our financial results from the challenging market 
conditions we experienced this past year. The ultimate 
responsibility for our poor performance lies with me, of 
course, which is why I took a long look at why we saw such 
a deterioration in performance during this market down 
cycle. I asked tough questions that ultimately led to 
additional systems, operational, compensation structure, 
cultural, and even leadership changes over 2019. We 
believe these changes will create momentum in both 
growth and margin improvement that will become evident 
in 2020 and continue for years to come. 

As we reimagine our systems, operations, and culture, we 
aren’t focusing on how to create the best operating 
model with a lens to the past, but one to the future. Our 
focus is on creating a company that’s engineered to 
compete in a future full of advanced technology, 
automation, and high optimization. I believe that the 
adoption of advanced technology in our industry is 
accelerating beyond anything we’ve ever experienced 
before. Machine learning, automation, and advanced 
databases that were mostly limited to large multi-national 
technology companies are now being deployed by both 
new entrants and incumbents. In fact, I believe that 
companies that continue to operate with a 1980’s or 
1990’s operating model and technology will cease to be 
in business in ten years or so. 

As a result, our focus is not just rooted in a systems 
upgrade or a layering in of new software but a wholesale 
redesign of our operating model. Workflow, systems, 
personnel, and branding have all been given careful 
thought to not be the company we want to be tomorrow 
but the company we want to be in five to ten years. And, 
this was also done in the context of a company that will 
be a large capacity provider that can service our 
customers at a high level with near unlimited capacity 
and at rates that are highly competitive to anything they 
can get in the marketplace.

8

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements 

BUSINESS 

This  Annual  Report  (this  “Annual  Report”)  contains  certain  statements  that  may  be  considered  forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”),  and Section 27A of  the  Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended  (the “Securities  Act”)  and  such  statements are 
subject  to  the  safe  harbor  created  by  those  sections  and  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  as 
amended.  All statements, other than statements of historical or current fact, are statements that could be deemed 
forward-looking statements,  including without  limitation: any projections of earnings, revenues  or other  financial 
items; any statement of plans, strategies, outlook, growth prospects or objectives of management for future operations; 
our operational and financial targets; general economic trends, performance or conditions and trends in the industry 
and markets; the competitive environment in which we operate; any statements concerning proposed new services, 
technologies or developments; and any statement of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the 
foregoing. In this Annual Report, statements relating to the impact of new accounting standards, future tax rates, 
expenses, and deductions, expected freight demand, capacity, and volumes, potential results of a default under our 
Credit Facility or other debt agreements, expected sources of working capital and liquidity (including our mix of debt, 
finance  leases,  and  operating  leases  as  means  of  financing  revenue  equipment),  expected  capital  expenditures, 
expected fleet age and mix of owned versus leased equipment, expected impact of technology, including the impact of 
event  recorders  and  our  strategic  initiatives,  future  customer  relationships,  future  growth  of  dedicated  contract 
services and brokerage, future growth in independent contractors and related purchased transportation expense and 
fuel surcharge reimbursement, future growth of our lease-purchase program, future driver market conditions and 
driver turnover and retention rates, any projections of earnings, revenues, cash flows, dividends, capital expenditures, 
or  other  financial  items,  expected  cash  flows,  expected  operating  improvements,  including  improvements  in  our 
working  capital,  any  statements  regarding  future  economic  conditions  or  performance,  any  statement  of  plans, 
strategies, programs and objectives of management for future operations, including the anticipated impact of such 
plans,  strategies,  programs  and  objectives,  future  rates  and  prices,  future  utilization,  future  depreciation  and 
amortization,  future  salaries,  wages,  and  related  expenses,  including  driver  compensation,  future  insurance  and 
claims expense, including the impact of the installation of event recorders, future fluctuations in fuel costs and fuel 
surcharge revenue, including the future effectiveness of our fuel surcharge program, strategies for managing fuel 
costs, political conditions and regulations, including trade regulation, quotas, duties or tariffs, and any future changes 
to the foregoing, future fluctuations in operating expenses and supplies, future fleet size and management, the market 
value  of  used  equipment,  including  gain  on  sale,  future  residual  value  guarantees,  any  statements  concerning 
proposed  acquisition  plans,  new  services  or  developments,  the  anticipated  impact  of  legal  proceedings  on  our 
financial position and results of operations, expected progress on internal control remediation efforts, among others, 
are forward-looking statements. Such statements may be identified by their use of terms or phrases such as “believe,” 
“may,”  “could,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “anticipates,”  “plans,”  “intends,”  “outlook,” 
“strategy,” “target,” “optimistic,” “focus,” “continue,” “will” and similar terms and phrases.  Such statements are 
based  on  currently  available  operating,  financial  and  competitive  information.  Forward-looking  statements  are 
inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, which could cause 
future events and actual results to differ materially from those set forth in, contemplated by, or underlying the forward-
looking statements.  Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those 
discussed  in  the  section  entitled  “Risk  Factors,”  set  forth  below.  Readers  should  review  and  consider  the  factors 
discussed  in “Risk  Factors,”  along  with  various  disclosures  in our press  releases,  stockholder  reports,  and other 
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). 

All such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report.  You are cautioned not to place 
undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release 
publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our 
expectations  with  regard  thereto  or  any  change  in  the  events,  conditions,  or  circumstances  on  which  any  such 
statement is based. 

References in this Annual Report to “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company” or similar terms refer to U.S. Xpress 
Enterprises, Inc., and its subsidiaries. 

1 

 
 
GENERAL 

Our Business 

We  believe  we  are  the  fifth  largest  asset-based  truckload  carrier  in  the  United  States  by  revenue,  generating  over 
$1.7 billion in total operating revenue in 2019. We provide services primarily throughout the United States, with a 
focus in the densely populated and economically diverse eastern half of the United States. We offer customers a broad 
portfolio of services using our own truckload fleet and third-party carriers through our non-asset-based truck brokerage 
network. As of December 31, 2019, our fleet consisted of approximately 6,900 tractors and approximately 15,500 
trailers, including approximately 2,000 tractors provided by independent contractors. All of our tractors have been 
equipped with electronic logs since 2012, and our systems and network are engineered for compliance with the federal 
electronic  log  mandate.  Our  terminal  network  is  established  and  capable  of  handling  significantly  larger  volumes 
without meaningful additional investment. In June 2018, we completed our initial public offering (the “IPO”). 

For much of our history, we focused primarily on scaling our fleet and expanding our service offerings to support 
sustainable, multi-faceted relationships with customers. More recently, we have focused on our core service offerings 
and refined our network to focus on shorter, more profitable lanes with more density, which we believe are more 
attractive  to  drivers.  Over  the  last  five  years,  we  have  recruited  and  developed  new  executive  and  operational 
management teams with significant industry experience and instilled a new culture of professional management. These 
changes, which are ongoing, helped us to maintain relatively stable profitability during the weak truckload market of 
2016 and early 2017, and drive significant improvements to profitability during the strong truckload market beginning 
in the second half of 2017. 

Our Service Offerings 

We organize our service offerings into two reportable segments, Truckload and Brokerage. The Truckload segment 
offers asset-based truckload services, including the over-the-road (“OTR”) and dedicated contract services described 
below. Our Brokerage segment is principally engaged in non-asset-based freight brokerage services. We believe many 
customers seek truckload operators that offer both asset-based and non-asset-based services to help ensure capacity 
will  be  available  as  needed. We believe  that  each of our service offerings, on  a  stand-alone revenue basis, would 
represent one of the largest participants in its respective market. 

Below is a brief overview of our service offerings: 

)

%

5
8
(
d
a
o
l
k
c
u
r
T

Approximate 
% of 2019 
Revenue(1) 

 48% 

OTR 

Description 

    Transports a full trailer of freight for a single customer 

from origin to destination, typically without 
intermediate stops or handling  

    Short-term contracts and spot moves that include 

irregular route moves without volume and capacity 
commitments 

    Tractors are operated with one driver or a team of two 
drivers to handle more time-sensitive, higher margin 
freight 

    Routes are generally between 450 and 1,050 miles in 

length  

    Fuel surcharge programs help us offset most of the 

negative impact of rising fuel prices associated with 
loaded or billed miles 

2 

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
37% 

12% 

Dedicated 
Contract 

Brokerage 

    Contractually assigned equipment, drivers and on-site 
personnel to address customers’ needs for committed 
capacity and service levels 

    Multi-year initial contract term with guaranteed 

volumes and pricing  

    We have renewed substantially all of our dedicated 

contracts after the initial contract term 

    Fuel costs are typically more predictable and less 

volatile under the fixed and variable pricing of these 
contracts 

    Historically, our dedicated contract customers 

generally adjust pricing to account for driver wage 
increases, although these adjustments may not be 
contractually required 

    Non-asset-based freight brokerage service through 
which loads are contracted to third-party carriers 
    Allocation strategy designed to maximize profitability 
of our Truckload fleet before outsourcing loads to 
third-party carriers 

    In the past 12 months, we have utilized the capacity of 

approximately 25,000 third-party carriers 

(1)  Based on revenue, before fuel surcharge. Approximately 3% of revenue is attributable to other ancillary services. 

While we primarily operate in the eastern half of the United States, we provide services into and out of Mexico. In 
January 2019, we sold our interest in Xpress Internacional. Even following our sale of Xpress Internacional, we expect 
to have business to and from Mexico via a more variable cost model using third party carriers.  During 2019, 2018 
and 2017, substantially all of our operating revenue was generated in the United States. 

Customer Relationships 

We maintain a diverse, long-standing customer base that includes many Fortune 500 companies, including Amazon, 
Dollar General, Dollar Tree, FedEx, Home Depot, Kroger, Procter & Gamble, Target, Tractor Supply and Walmart. 
Our  customers  fall  within  a  broad  spectrum  of  geographies  and  end  markets,  including  retail,  food  and  beverage, 
e-commerce  and  packages,  manufacturing  and  consumer  products.  No  other  category  comprised  more  than 
five percent of the end markets we served at December 31, 2019. Relationships with our top ten customers exceed ten 
years  on  average.  For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  our  largest  customer,  Walmart  Inc.,  accounted  for 
approximately 12% of our revenue, excluding fuel surcharge. 

Tractor and Trailer Fleets 

We operate a modern fleet of approximately 4,900 company-owned tractors and approximately 15,500 trailers, and 
we also contract for additional tractor capacity through approximately 2,000 independent contractors, who provide 
both the tractor and a driver and, except for the trailer, which we generally provide, bear the operating expenses of 
each load. Our company tractor fleet continues to adopt the most advanced technology in today’s market including 
electronic logging devices (“ELDs”), electronic speed limiters, electronic roll stability, improved aerodynamics and 
fuel  efficiency  technologies,  enhanced  tractor  connectivity  with  remote  updating  capabilities,  improved  automatic 
transmissions, lane departure and collision warning / avoidance systems and upgraded braking systems. Each of our 
company tractors is also equipped with onboard communication units that offer real time freight positioning to our 
customers and instant communication between our drivers and us, and event recorders. We believe event recorders 
will give us the ability to better train our drivers with respect to safe driving behavior, which in turn may help reduce 
insurance costs over time. 

Tractors and trailers represent our most substantial capital investments. In general, we expect to operate a tractor for 
approximately  475,000  miles,  which  when  averaged  across  our  fleet  as  of  December  31,  2019  equates  to 
approximately  4.5 years  of  operation  (while  most  major  components  are  under  warranty)  and  a  trailer  for  up  to 
10 years or more of operation. We depreciate or finance our equipment over their useful lives and down to salvage 
values that we expect to represent fair market value at the expected time of sale. Our ongoing capital expenditures are 
significant,  and  our  annual  depreciation  expense  is  expected  to  be  approximately  equal  to  maintenance  capital 
3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
expenditures, net of proceeds of dispositions, assuming a constant percentage of leased versus owned equipment and 
a constant trade cycle. In practice, we vary our trade cycle and financing based on the market for new and used tractors, 
the quality, dependability and cost per mile to operate the equipment, our capital budget, expected tax benefits and 
other factors. Based on the volumes we purchase, we believe that we have a cost advantage in the procurement of new 
tractors and trailers compared to the prices paid by small trucking companies. 

Our company tractors had an average age of approximately 1.7 years at December 31, 2019. During 2020, we expect 
to continue to replace tractors as they reach approximately 475,000 miles, which we expect will result in an average 
tractor age of approximately 1.6 years at December 31, 2020. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We  believe  the  following  competitive  strengths  provide  us  with  a  strong  foundation  to  continue  to  improve  our 
profitability and stockholder value: 

Industry leading truckload operator with significant scale 

We believe we are the fifth largest asset-based truckload carrier in the United States in 2019 by total operating revenue 
and we believe our large scale provides us with significant benefits. These benefits include economies of scale on 
major expenditures such as tractors, trailers and fuel, as well as our overall infrastructure. Additionally, we can offer 
an enhanced value proposition for large customers who seek efficiency in sourcing capacity from a limited number of 
carriers and flexible capacity to accommodate seasonal surge volumes. Our established and well-maintained terminal 
network is capable of handling meaningfully larger volumes without meaningful additional investment. 

Complementary mix of services to afford flexibility and stability throughout economic cycles 

Our service offerings have unique characteristics and are subject to differing market forces, which we believe allows 
us to respond effectively through economic cycles. 

OTR 

OTR business involves short-term customer contracts without pricing or volume guarantees that allow us to benefit 
from periods of supply and demand imbalance and price volatility. This is the largest part of our business and the 
overall truckload market. 

Dedicated 

Dedicated  business  features  committed  rates,  lanes  and  volumes  under  contracts  that  generally  afford  us  greater 
revenue  predictability  over  the  contract  period  and  help  smooth  the  impact  of  market  cycles.  Additionally,  our 
dedicated contract service offering generally has higher driver retention rates than our OTR service offering, which 
we believe is because our professional drivers prefer the more predictable time at home that dedicated routes offer. In 
addition, this increased visibility allows us to commit and invest fleet resources with a more predictable return profile. 
We intend to grow this portion of our business as a percentage of our average tractors. 

Brokerage 

Brokerage capacity allows us to aggregate volume and to flex the amount allocated to our own fleet with freight cycles. 
Typically, we allocate more loads to our OTR fleet during slow freight demand to keep our assets productive, and 
more loads to third-party carriers during higher freight demand to maintain control over customer freight and make a 
margin on outsourcing the moves. By retaining control over significantly more freight than we are able to serve with 
our own assets, and allocating the available loads first to our own tractors, we have more choices for optimizing the 
utilization and pricing of our fleet every day and throughout market cycles.  

Long-standing, diverse and resilient customer base 

We  maintain  a  long-standing  customer  base  that  includes  many  Fortune  500  companies  with  national  footprints, 
including Amazon, Dollar General,  Dollar Tree, FedEx, Home  Depot, Kroger,  Procter &  Gamble,  Target,  Tractor 
Supply  and  Walmart.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  relationships  with  our  top  ten  customers  exceeded  ten  years  on 
average. Our portfolio of blue-chip customers allows us to benefit from the less cyclical and more-stable demand from 

4 

 
grocery  and  dollar  stores  in  addition  to  increasing  demand  due  to  secular  growth  trends  in  end-markets  such  as 
e-commerce. We also benefit from significant cross-selling opportunities among large key customers, as all of our top 
ten customers use at least two of our three service offerings, which allows us to have multiple points of contact with 
our customers and take advantage of varying bid cycles. 

Modern fleet and maintenance system designed to optimize life cycle investment and minimize operating costs 

Our fleet represents our largest capital investment, a visible representation of our brand for customers and drivers and 
a large portion of our controllable costs. We select, maintain and dispose of our fleet based on rigorous analysis of our 
investments and operating costs. 

Our modern and well-maintained fleet consisted of approximately 4,900 company tractors with an average age of 
approximately  1.7 years  and  approximately  15,500 trailers  at  December 31,  2019.  We  also  contracted  for 
approximately 2,000 tractors provided by independent contractors at December 31, 2019. We equip our tractors with 
carefully  selected  components  based  on  initial  cost,  maintenance  requirements,  warranty  coverage,  safety  and 
efficiency advantages, driver preference and resale value. Our company tractor fleet is technologically advanced and 
equipped with safety and efficiency features, including using electronic logs since 2012, electronic speed limiters, 
automatic transmissions, lane departure and collision warning systems, air disc brakes and high performance wide 
brake drums and electronic roll stability. In addition, we have installed forward-facing event recorders in our company 
tractors, which we expect to further enhance our safety program and reduce insurance and claims costs over time. 

Over the past several years, we have developed a disciplined and effective in-house maintenance program designed 
to actively manage these assets based on customized timetables for preventive maintenance and replacement of parts. 
We believe this approach, coupled with our in-house maintenance facilities and in-house technicians dedicated to fleet 
maintenance, helps us effectively manage our maintenance cost per mile, keeps drivers on the road efficiently and 
creates an attractive asset and record for resale. 

Motivated management team focused on tactical execution and leadership in the truckload market 

Our  management  and  operations  team  has  been  carefully  assembled  to  obtain  a  mix  of  industry  veterans  from 
successful  competitors  and  high-performing  internal  candidates,  all  of  whom  are  motivated  to  perform  in  our 
transparent, metric-driven environment. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Eric Fuller, has over 20 years of 
experience  at U.S. Xpress  and has been responsible  for developing  the  team  and  spearheading  our transformation 
program over the last five years. Our management team’s compensation and ownership of our common stock provide 
further  incentive  to  improve  business  performance  and  profitability.  In  addition,  with  active  positions  in  industry 
associations, such as the American Trucking Associations, Inc. (“ATA”), our management team provides us with a 
key role in the discussions that we believe are shaping the future of the industry. We believe our leadership team is 
well-positioned to execute our strategy and remains a key driver of our financial and operational success. 

Our Strategies 

We  believe  we  possess  the  scale,  infrastructure  and  service  offerings  to  compete  effectively  in  our  markets,  our 
opportunity for further improvement is significant, and our strategies are designed to enhance stockholder value. 

Improve profitability and grow revenue as appropriate to the market cycle 









Improve asset productivity by using advanced technology to optimize dispatch miles in all cycles and 
actively upgrade freight mix when volumes permit 

Control non-essential costs and seek efficiencies throughout the enterprise 

Pursue driver training and safety initiatives as a core cultural value 

Continue to leverage our service mix to manage through all market cycles 

 Grow  our  revenue  base  prudently  with  a  focus  on  dedicated  contract  service  and  brokerage  by 

cross-selling our services with existing customers and pursuing new customer opportunities 

5 

 
Capitalize on high return on investment potential of advanced technology, automation, and optimization 

 Continue to use our scale and relationships to gain early access to technological advances and evaluate 

the costs and benefits 





Incubate, develop, and implement operating efficiencies across our enterprise using our USX Ventures 
technology development group 

Pursue  use  of  artificial  intelligence  to  accommodate  individual  drivers’  preferences  with  the  goal  of 
improving driver satisfaction and retention 

 Apply data analytics across the billions of dollars of freight spend we see every year to capture and 

optimize the execution of our customers’ loads and our network 



Partner  with  equipment  manufacturers  to  test,  evaluate  and  refine  electric,  autonomous  and  other 
advanced vehicle technology 

Maintain flexibility through long-term enterprise planning and conservative financial policies 

 Maximize our free cash flow generation by managing expenses, taxes and capital expenditures 



Convert equipment financing over time toward owned equipment from operating leased equipment to 
gain tax benefits and flexibility in trade cycles 

 llocate capital toward dedicated contract services, which offers more predictable revenue streams and 
greater  asset  productivity,  and  brokerage,  which  requires  limited  capital  investment  and  affords 
network-balancing freight volumes 

 Target a conservative leverage profile, taking into consideration both owned and leased financing 

Company Drivers 

Professional truck drivers are the backbone of our success and the heart of the Company. Responsibility for driver 
retention  flows  throughout  our  organization  and  every  office  and  maintenance  employee  is  expected  to  take  the 
necessary  steps  to  keep our drivers  satisfied  and productive. Keeping  our drivers  satisfied  and safe  is  the  guiding 
principle  behind  our  modern  fleet,  training  programs  and  driver  compensation.  Company  drivers  are  eligible  to 
participate in our health care plan and certain voluntary plans, including life insurance and disability plans, dental and 
vision plans and our 401(k) plan. 

Our drivers are subject to certain hiring guidelines related to driving history, accident and safety history, physical 
standards and drug and alcohol testing. Upon meeting certain criteria, applicants are invited to attend an orientation at 
one  of  our  service  centers.  The  on-site  orientation  is  focused  on  introducing  a  driver  to  the  concepts  and  training 
necessary to be a successful, professional driver, including training related to safety, life on the road, our operations 
and equipment and electronic log operation. The on-site orientation also includes a road test. 

Independent Contractors 

In addition to the company drivers that we employ, we enter into contracts with independent contractors. Independent 
contractors operate their own tractors (although some employ drivers they hire) and provide their services to us under 
contractual arrangements. Except for generally providing independent contractors with the use of our trailers, they are 
responsible for the ownership and operating expenses and are compensated by us primarily on a rate per mile basis. 
By  operating  safely  and  productively,  independent  contractors  can  improve  their  own  profitability  and  ours.  We 
believe that the fleet of independent contractors we engage provides significant advantages that primarily arise from 
the motivation of business ownership. Independent contractors tend to produce more miles per tractor per week. As 
of December 31, 2019, the approximately 2,000 independent contractors we engage comprised approximately 28% of 
our available capacity, as measured by tractor count. 

Services  offered  to  independent  contractors  include  insurance,  maintenance  and  fuel.  Through  our  wholly  owned 
insurance  captive  subsidiary,  Xpress  Assurance, Inc.  (“Xpress  Assurance”),  independent  contractors  can  purchase 
6 

 
occupational accident, physical damage and other types of insurance. Independent contractors also are able to procure 
at their expense fuel and maintenance services at our truckload service centers. 

Employment 

As of December 31, 2019, we employed approximately 8,572 employees, of whom approximately 6,298 were drivers, 
approximately  316  were  maintenance  technicians  and  approximately  1,958  were  office  employees,  including 
operations staff, sales and marketing, recruiting, safety and other support personnel. None of our domestic employees 
are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  

Insurance 

We retain high deductibles on a significant portion of our claims exposure and related expenses associated with third 
party bodily injury and property damage, employee medical expenses, workers’ compensation, physical damage to 
our equipment and cargo loss. See “Risk Factors.” We currently carry the following material types of insurance, which 
generally have the retention amounts, maximum benefits per claim and other limitations noted: 







commercial  automobile  liability  excess  coverage  approximately  $300.0 million  of  coverage  per 
occurrence subject to a $3.0 million retention per occurrence with annual aggregate limits within the 
$3.0 to $10.0 million layer of $14.0 million and a three-year policy aggregate of $28.0 million; 

general liability, business auto liability and excess employer’s liability coverage: approximately $300.0 
million of coverage per occurrence subject to a $25,000 deductible per occurrence for general liability 
claims, $50,000 deductible per occurrence for business auto claims and $500,000 deductible for excess 
employer’s liability: 

cargo  damage  and  loss:  $2.0 million  limit  per  tractor  or  trailer  subject  to  a  $250,000  retention  per 
occurrence; 

 workers’ compensation/employers’ liability: statutory coverage limits subject to a $500,000 retention 

for each accident or disease; 













employment practices and wage and hour liability: $25.0 million aggregate limit in coverage subject to 
a $1.0 million retention for employment practices and $2.5 million retention for wage and hour for either 
a single claim or a class action; 

directors’ and officers’ insurance: $75.0 million aggregate limit of coverage subject to a $1.0 million 
retention with various sub-limits; 

fiduciary liability policy: $10.0 million aggregate limit of coverage subject to a $10,000 retention; 

employee healthcare: we retain each employee health care claim and maintain stop loss insurance of 
$1.0 million; 

crime insurance: $5.0 million of coverage subject to a $100,000 retention; and 

underground storage tank liability: $5.0 million in coverage with deductibles ranging from $25,000 to 
$75,000. 

Regulation 

Transportation Regulations 

Our  operations  are  regulated  and  licensed  by  various  government  agencies,  including  the  Department  of 
Transportation  (“DOT”),  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (“EPA”)  and  the  Department  of  Homeland  security 
(“DHS”). These and other federal and state agencies also regulate our equipment, operations, drivers and third-party 
carriers. 

7 

 
The  DOT,  through  the  Federal  Motor  Carrier  Safety  Administration  (“FMCSA”),  imposes  safety  and  fitness 
regulations on us and our drivers, including rules that restrict driver hours-of-service. Changes to such hours-of-service 
rules can negatively impact our productivity and affect our operations and profitability by reducing the number of 
hours per day or week our drivers may operate and/or disrupting our network. However, in August 2019, the FMCSA 
issued a proposal to make changes to its hours-of-service rules that would allow truck drivers more flexibility with 
their 30-minute rest break and with dividing their time in the sleeper berth. It also would extend by two hours the duty 
time  for  drivers  encountering  adverse  weather,  and  extend  the  shorthaul  exemption  by  lengthening  the  drivers’ 
maximum on-duty period from 12 hours to 14 hours.  It is unclear how long the process of finalizing a final rule will 
take, if one does come to fruition.  Any future changes to hours-of-service rules could materially adversely affect our 
results of operations and profitability. 

There are two methods of evaluating the safety and fitness of carriers. The first method is the application of a safety 
rating that is based on an onsite investigation and affects a carrier’s ability to operate in interstate commerce. We 
currently  have  a  satisfactory  DOT  safety  rating  for  our  U.S.  operations  under  this  method,  which  is  the  highest 
available rating under the current safety rating scale. If we were to receive a conditional or unsatisfactory DOT safety 
rating,  it  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  as  some  of  our  existing  customer  contracts  require  a 
satisfactory DOT safety rating. In January 2016, the FMCSA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking outlining a 
revised safety rating measurement system, which would replace the current methodology. Under the proposed rule, 
the current three safety ratings of “satisfactory,” “conditional” and “unsatisfactory” would be replaced with a single 
safety rating of “unfit,” and a carrier would be deemed fit when no rating was assigned. Moreover, the proposed rules 
would use roadside inspection data in addition to investigations and onsite reviews to determine a carrier’s safety 
fitness  on  a  monthly  basis.  Under  the  current  rules,  a  safety  rating  can  only  be  given  upon  completion  of  a 
comprehensive onsite audit or review. Under the proposed rules, a carrier would be evaluated each month and could 
be given an “unfit” rating if the data collected from roadside inspections, investigations and onsite reviews did not 
meet certain standards. The proposed rule underwent a public comment period extending into May 2016 and several 
industry groups and lawmakers have expressed their disagreement with the proposed rule, arguing that it violates the 
requirements of the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act (the “FAST Act”), and that the FMCSA must first 
finalize its review of the Compliance, Safety, Accountability program (“CSA”) scoring system, described in further 
detail below. Based on this feedback and other concerns raised by industry stakeholders, in March 2017, the FMCSA 
withdrew the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking related to the new safety rating system. In its notice of withdrawal, the 
FMCSA  noted  that  a  new  rulemaking  related  to  a  similar  process  may  be  initiated  in  the  future.  Therefore,  it  is 
uncertain if, when or under what form any such rule could be implemented. The FMCSA also recently indicated its 
intent to perform a new study on the causation of crashes. Although it remains unclear whether such a study will 
ultimately be undertaken and completed, the results of such a study could spur further proposed and/or final rules in 
regards to safety and fitness. 

In addition to the safety rating system, the FMCSA has adopted the CSA program as an additional safety enforcement 
and compliance model that evaluates and ranks fleets on certain safety-related standards. The CSA program analyzes 
data from roadside inspections, moving violations, crash reports from the last two years and investigation results. The 
data is organized into seven categories. Carriers are grouped by category with other carriers that have a similar number 
of safety events (e.g., crashes, inspections or violations) and carriers are ranked and assigned a rating percentile to 
prioritize them for interventions if they are above a certain threshold. Currently, these scores do not have a direct 
impact on a carrier’s safety rating. However, the occurrence of unfavorable scores in one or more categories may 
(i) affect  driver  recruiting  and  retention  by  causing  high-quality  drivers  to  seek  employment  with  other  carriers, 
(ii) cause our customers to direct their business away from us and to carriers with higher fleet rankings, (iii) subject 
us to an increase in compliance reviews and roadside inspections, (iv) cause us to incur greater than expected expenses 
in our attempts to improve unfavorable scores or (v) increase our insurance expenses, any of which could adversely 
affect our results of operations and profitability. 

Under the CSA, these scores were initially made available to the public in five of the seven categories. However, 
pursuant to the FAST Act, which was signed into law in December 2015, the FMCSA was required to remove from 
public view the previously available CSA scores while it reviews the reliability of the scoring system. During this 
period  of  review  by  the  FMCSA,  we  will  continue  to  have  access  to  our  own  scores  and  will  still  be  subject  to 
intervention  by  the  FMCSA  when  such  scores  are  above  the  intervention  thresholds.  A  study  was  conducted  and 
delivered to the FMCSA in June 2017 with several recommendations to make the CSA program more fair, accurate, 
and reliable. In late June 2018, the FMCSA provided a report to Congress outlining the changes it may make to the 
CSA  program  in  response  to  the  study.  Such  changes  include  the  testing  and  possible  adoption  of  a  revised  risk 
modeling  theory,  potential  collection  and  dissemination  of  additional  carrier  data  and  revised  measures  for 
intervention thresholds. The adoption of such changes is contingent on the results of the new modeling theory and 
additional public feedback. Therefore, it is unclear if, when and to what extent such changes to the CSA program will 
8 

 
occur. However, any changes that increase the likelihood of us receiving unfavorable scores could materially adversely 
affect our results of operations and profitability. 

Following  the  2001  terrorist  attacks,  the  DHS  and  other  federal,  state  and  municipal  authorities  implemented  and 
continue to implement various security measures, including checkpoints and travel restrictions on large trucks. The 
Transportation Safety Administration requires that each driver who applies for or renews his or her license for carrying 
hazardous  materials  is  not  a  security  threat.  This  requirement  has  reduced  the  pool  of  qualified  drivers  who  are 
permitted  to  transport  hazardous  materials.  These  regulations  also  could  complicate  the  matching  of  available 
equipment with hazardous material shipments, thereby increasing our response time and our empty miles on customer 
shipments. As a result, we could possibly fail to meet certain customer needs or incur increased expenses to do so, 
either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In November 2015, the FMCSA published its final rule related to driver coercion, which took effect in January 2016. 
Under this rule, carriers, shippers, receivers, or transportation intermediaries that are found to have coerced drivers to 
violate certain FMCSA regulations (including hours-of-service rules) may be fined up to $16,000 for each offense. 

The final rule requiring the use of ELDs was published in December 2015. This rule requires drivers of commercial 
motor vehicles that are required to keep logs to be ELD-compliant by December 2017. Enforcement of this rule was 
phased in, as states did not begin putting tractors out of service for non-compliance until April 1, 2018. However, on 
a state-by-state basis, carriers were subject to citations for non-compliance with the rule after the December 2017 
compliance deadline. For those carriers who had automatic onboard recording devices (“AOBRDs”) installed prior to 
the  December 2017  compliance  deadline,  the  deadline  to be  fully  compliant is  December 2019.  We currently  use 
AOBRDs and were fully converted to ELDs by the December 2019 deadline. We do not believe that the conversion 
from AOBRDs to ELDs will have any material impact on our operations. However, we believe that more effective 
hours-of-service enforcement under this rule may improve our competitive position by causing all carriers to adhere 
more closely to hours-of-service requirements. 

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing a national clearinghouse for drug and alcohol testing 
results and requiring motor carriers and medical review officers to provide records of violations by commercial drivers 
of FMCSA drug and alcohol testing requirements. Motor carriers will be required to query the clearinghouse to ensure 
drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of federal drug and alcohol testing regulations that prohibit them 
from operating commercial motor vehicles. The final rule became effective on January 4, 2017, with a compliance 
date of January 6, 2020. In December 2019, however, the FMCSA announced a final rule extending by three years the 
date for state driver’s licensing agencies to comply with certain Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse requirements. The 
December 2016 commercial driver’s license rule required states to request information from the Clearinghouse about 
individuals prior to issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring a CDL. This new action will allow states’ compliance 
with the requirement, which was set to begin January 2020, to be delayed until January 2023. That being said, the 
FMCSA has indicated it will allow states the option to voluntarily query Clearinghouse information beginning January 
2020. The compliance date of January 2020 remained in place for all other requirements set forth in the Clearinghouse 
final  rule,  however.  Upon  implementation,  the  rule  may  reduce  the  number  of  available  drivers  in  an  already 
constrained driver market. 

Other rules have been recently proposed or made final by the FMCSA, including (i) a rule requiring the use of speed 
limiting devices on heavy duty tractors to restrict maximum speeds, which was proposed in 2016, and (ii) a rule setting 
forth minimum driver-training standards for new drivers applying for commercial driver’s licenses for the first time 
and to experienced drivers upgrading their licenses or seeking a hazardous materials endorsement, which was made 
final in December 2016, with a compliance date in February 2020 (FMCSA officials have recently reported, however, 
that they are delaying implementation of the final rule by two years). In July 2017, the DOT announced that it would 
no longer pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the possibility that it could resume such a pursuit in the future. In 
2019, U.S. Congressional representatives proposed a similar rule related to speed-limiting devices. The effect of these 
rules, to the extent they become effective, could result in a decrease in fleet production and driver availability, either 
of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In March 2014, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held that California state wage and hour laws are not preempted 
by federal law. The case was appealed to the Supreme Court of the United States, which denied certiorari in May 
2015, and accordingly, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals decision stood. However, in December 2018, the FMCSA 
granted a petition filed by the ATA and in doing so determined that federal law does preempt California’s wage and 
hour laws, and interstate truck drivers are not subject to such laws. The FMCSA’s decision has been appealed by labor 
groups, and multiple lawsuits have been filed in federal courts seeking to overturn the decision, and thus it’s uncertain 
whether it will stand. Other current and future state and local wage and hour laws, including laws related to employee 
9 

 
meal breaks and rest periods, may also vary significantly from federal law. Further, driver piece rate compensation, 
which is an industry standard, has been attacked as non-compliant with state minimum wage laws and lawsuits have 
recently been filed and/or adjudicated against carriers demanding compensation for sleeper berth time, layovers, rest 
breaks and pre-trip and post-trip inspections, the outcome of which could have major implications for the treatment 
of time that drivers spend off-duty (whether in a truck’s sleeper berth or otherwise) under applicable wage laws. Both 
of  these  issues  are  adversely  impacting  the  Corporation  and  the  industry  as  a  whole,  with  respect  to  the  practical 
application of the laws, thereby resulting in additional cost. As a result, we, along with other companies in our industry, 
are subject to an uneven patchwork of wage and hour laws throughout the United States. In the past, certain legislators 
have proposed federal legislation to preempt state and local wage and hour laws; however, passage of such legislation 
is uncertain. If federal legislation is not passed, we will either need to comply with the most restrictive state and local 
laws across our entire fleet, or revise our management systems to comply with varying state and local laws. Either 
solution could result in increased compliance and labor costs, driver turnover, decreased efficiency, and amplified 
legal exposure. 

Tax and other regulatory authorities, as well as independent contractors themselves, have increasingly asserted that 
independent contractor drivers in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors and our 
classification of independent contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities from time to time. Federal 
legislation  has  been  introduced  in  the  past  that  would  make  it  easier  for  tax  and  other  authorities  to  reclassify 
independent contractors as employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping requirements for those that 
engage independent contractor drivers and to increase the penalties for companies who misclassify their employees 
and are found to have violated employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, federal legislators have 
sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers meeting certain criteria to treat individuals as independent 
contractors  if  they  are  following  a  long-standing,  recognized  practice,  extend  the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  to 
independent contractors and impose notice requirements based on employment or independent contractor status and 
fines for  failure  to  comply.  Some  states  have  put  initiatives  in  place  to  increase  their  revenue from  items  such  as 
unemployment,  workers’  compensation  and  income  taxes  and  a  reclassification  of  independent  contractors  as 
employees would help states with this initiative.  

Recently,  courts  in  certain  states  have  issued  decisions  that  could  result  in  a  greater  likelihood  that  independent 
contractors would be judicially classified as employees in such states. In September 2019, California enacted A.B. 5 
(“AB5”), a new law that changed the landscape of the state’s treatment of employees and independent contractors. 
AB5  provides  that  the  three-pronged  “ABC  Test”  must  be  used  to  determine  worker  classification  in  wage-order 
claims.  Under  the  ABC  Test,  a  worker  is  presumed  to  be  an  employee—and  the  burden  to  demonstrate  their 
independent contractor status is on the hiring company through satisfying all 3 of the following criteria: 





the worker is free from control and direction in the performance of services; and 
the worker is performing work outside the usual course of the business of the hiring company; and 
the worker is customarily engaged in an independently established trade, occupation, or business. 

How AB5 will be enforced is still to be determined. While it was set to go into effect in January 2020, a federal judge 
in  California  issued  a  preliminary  injunction  barring  the  enforcement  of  AB5  on  the  trucking  industry  while  the 
California  Trucking  Association  (“CTA”)  moves  forward  with  its  suit  seeking  to  invalidate  AB5.  While  this 
preliminary injunction provides temporary relief to the enforcement of AB5, it remains unclear how long such relief 
will last, and whether the CTA will ultimately be successful in invalidating the law. It is also possible AB5 will spur 
similar  legislation  in  states  other  than  California,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and 
profitability. 

Further, class actions and other lawsuits have been filed against certain members of our industry seeking to reclassify 
independent  contractors  as  employees  for a  variety  of  purposes,  including workers’  compensation  and health care 
coverage. Taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of 
independent contractor status. If independent contractors we contract with are determined to be employees, we would 
incur  additional  exposure  under  federal  and  state  tax,  workers’  compensation,  unemployment  benefits,  labor, 
employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax 
withholdings. 

Environmental Regulations 

From time to time we engage in the transportation of hazardous substances. Additionally, some of our tractor terminals 
are located in areas where groundwater or other forms of environmental contamination could occur. Our operations 

10 

 
involve the risks of fuel spillage or seepage, environmental damage, and hazardous waste disposal, among others. 
Certain of our facilities have wash facilities, waste oil or fuel storage tanks and fueling islands. If we are involved in 
a spill or other accident involving hazardous substances, if there are releases of hazardous substances we transport, if 
soil or groundwater contamination is found at our facilities or results from our operations, or if we are found to be in 
violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to cleanup costs and liabilities, including substantial 
fines or penalties or civil and criminal liability, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

In August 2011, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (the “NHTSA”) and the EPA adopted a new 
rule that established the first-ever fuel economy and greenhouse gas standards for medium and heavy-duty vehicles, 
including the tractors we employ (the “Phase 1 Standards”). The Phase 1 Standards apply to tractor model years 2014 
to 2018 and require the achievement of an approximate 20 percent reduction in fuel consumption by the 2018 model 
year, which equates to approximately four gallons of fuel for every 100 miles traveled. In addition, in February 2014, 
President Obama announced that his administration would begin developing the next phase of tighter fuel efficiency 
and greenhouse gas standards for medium-and heavy-duty tractors and trailers (the “Phase 2 Standards”). In October 
2016,  the  EPA  and  NHTSA  published  the  final  rule  mandating  that  the  Phase 2  Standards  will  apply  to  trailers 
beginning with model year 2018 and tractors beginning with model year 2021. The Phase 2 Standards require nine 
percent and 25 percent reductions in emissions and fuel consumption for trailers and tractors, respectively, by 2027. 
We believe these requirements will result in additional increases in new tractor and trailer prices and additional parts 
and maintenance costs incurred to retrofit our tractors and trailers with technology to achieve compliance with such 
standards,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
profitability, particularly if such costs are not offset by potential fuel savings, but we cannot predict the extent to which 
our operations and productivity will be impacted. In October 2017, the EPA announced a proposal to repeal the Phase 2 
Standards  as  they  relate  to  gliders  (which  mix  refurbished  older  components,  including  transmissions  and 
pre-emission-rule engines, with a new frame, cab, steer axle, wheels and other standard equipment). The outcome of 
such proposal is still undetermined as the EPA continues to consider congressionally requested investigations into the 
legality of the proposal and the merits of an anti-glider study that was published four days after the proposal became 
official. Additionally, implementation of the Phase 2 Standards as they relate to trailers has been delayed due to a 
provisional  stay  granted  in  October  2017  by  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  District  of  Columbia,  which  is 
overseeing  a  case  against  the  EPA  by  the  Truck  Trailer  Manufacturers  Association, Inc.  regarding  the  Phase 2 
Standards. 

In January 2020, the EPA announced it is seeking input on reducing emissions of nitrogen oxides and other pollutants 
from heavy-duty trucks. The EPA is aiming to release proposed standards for the new plan, commonly referred to as 
the “Cleaner Trucks Initiative,” later in 2020, and may take final action as soon as 2021. The EPA is targeting 2027 
for these new standards to take effect.  

The California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) also adopted emission control regulations that will be applicable to 
all heavy-duty tractors that pull 53-foot or longer box-type trailers within the State of California. The tractors and 
trailers  subject  to  these  CARB  regulations  must  be  either  EPA  SmartWay  certified  or  equipped  with  low-rolling 
resistance  tires  and  retrofitted  with  SmartWay-approved  aerodynamic  technologies.  Enforcement  of  these  CARB 
regulations for 2011 model year equipment began in January 2010 and have been phased in over several years for 
older equipment. In order to comply with the CARB regulations, we submitted a large fleet compliance plan to CARB 
in June 2010. In addition, in February 2017 CARB proposed California Phase 2 standards that would generally align 
with the federal Phase 2 Standards, with some minor additional requirements, and as proposed would stay in place 
even if the federal Phase 2 Standards are affected by action from President Trump’s administration. In February 2019, 
the  California  Phase  2  standards  became  final.  Thus,  even  if  the  trailer  provisions  of  the  Phase  2  Standards  are 
permanently removed, we would still need to ensure the majority of our fleet is compliant with the California Phase 2 
standards,  which  may  result  in  increased  equipment  costs  and  could  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  and 
profitability.  CARB  has  also  recently  announced  intentions  to  adopt  regulations  ensuring  that  100%  of  tractors 
operating in California are operating with battery or fuel cell-electric engines in the future. Whether these regulations 
will ultimately be adopted remains unclear. We will continue monitoring our compliance with the CARB regulations. 
Federal and state lawmakers also have proposed potential limits on carbon emissions under a variety of climate-change 
proposals. Compliance with such regulations has increased the cost of our new tractors, may increase the cost of any 
new trailers that will operate in California, may require us to retrofit certain of our pre-2011 model year trailers that 
operate in California and could impair equipment productivity and increase our operating expenses. These adverse 
effects, combined with the uncertainty as to the reliability of the newly designed diesel engines and the residual values 
of these vehicles, could materially increase our costs or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

11 

 
In order to reduce exhaust emissions, some states and municipalities have begun to restrict the locations and amount 
of time where diesel-powered tractors may idle. These restrictions could force us to purchase on-board power units 
that do not require the engine to idle or to alter its drivers’ behavior, which could result in increased costs. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  laws  and  regulations,  our  operations  are  subject  to  other  federal,  state  and  local 
environmental laws and regulations, many of which are implemented by the EPA and similar state agencies. Such 
laws and regulations generally govern the management and handling of hazardous materials, discharge of pollutants 
into  the  air,  surface  water  and  other  environmental  media,  and  groundwater  preservation  and  disposal  of  certain 
various substances. We do not believe that our compliance with these statutory and regulatory measures has had a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Food Safety Regulations 

In April 2016, the Food and Drug Administration published a final rule establishing requirements for shippers, loaders, 
carriers  by  motor  vehicle  and  rail  vehicle  and  receivers  engaged  in  the  transportation  of  food,  to  use  sanitary 
transportation practices to ensure the safety of the food they transport as part of the Food Safety Modernization Act 
(“FSMA”). This rule sets forth requirements related to (i) the design and maintenance of equipment used to transport 
food, (ii) the measures taken during food transportation to ensure food safety, (iii) the training of carrier personnel in 
sanitary food transportation practices and (iv) maintenance and retention of records of written procedures, agreements 
and training related to the foregoing items. These requirements will take effect for larger carriers such as us in April 
2017. The FSMA is applicable to us not only as a carrier, but we are also considered a shipper when acting in the role 
of broker. We believe we have been in compliance with the FSMA since the compliance date. However, if we are 
found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations related to the FSMA or if we transport food or goods that 
are contaminated or are found to cause illness and/or death, we could be subject to substantial fines, lawsuits, penalties 
and/or  criminal  and  civil  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Executive and Legislative Climate 

The regulatory environment has changed under the administration of President Trump. In January 2017, the President 
signed an executive order requiring federal agencies to repeal two regulations for each new one they propose and 
imposing a regulatory budget, which would limit the amount of new regulatory costs federal agencies can impose on 
individuals and businesses each year. In December 2019, the DOT announced a final rule indicating it is codifying 
this directive on our industry. This rule and any other anti-regulatory action by the President and/or Congress may 
inhibit future new regulations and/or lead to the repeal or delayed effectiveness of existing regulations. Therefore, it 
is uncertain how we may be impacted in the future by existing, proposed or repealed regulations. 

The United States Mexico Canada Agreement (“USMCA”) has been ratified by the United States and Mexico but 
must be ratified by the Parliament of Canada before it enters into effect.  The USMCA is designed to modernize food 
and agriculture trade, advance rules of origin for automobiles and trucks, and enhance intellectual property protections, 
among other matters, according to the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative. It is difficult to predict at this stage 
what could be the impact of the USMCA on the economy, including the transportation industry.  However, given the 
amount of North American trade that moves by truck, if the USMCA enters into effect, it could have a significant 
impact on supply and demand in the transportation industry, and could adversely impact the amount, movement and 
patterns of freight we transport. 

With the FAST Act set to expire in September 2020, Congress has noted its intent to consider a multiyear highway 
measure that would update the FAST Act. However, if Congress fails to reauthorize the FAST Act or pass updated 
replacement legislation by the September 2020 deadline and proceeds to manage transportation policy via short-term 
legislative directives, there will be uncertainty that could have a negative impact on our operations. 

For further discussion regarding these laws and regulations, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors.” 

Seasonality 

In  the  trucking  industry,  revenue  has  historically  decreased  as  customers  reduce  shipments  following  the  winter 
holiday season and as inclement weather impedes operations. At the same time, operating expenses have generally 
increased,  with  fuel  efficiency  declining  because  of  engine  idling  and  weather,  causing  more  physical  damage 
equipment repairs and insurance claims and costs. For the reasons stated, first quarter results historically have been 

12 

 
lower than results in each of the other three quarters of the year. Over the past several years, we have seen increases 
in demand at varying times, including surges between Thanksgiving and the year-end holiday season. 

Available Information 

Our website address is investor.usxpress.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-
Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and all other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, can be obtained free of charge by visiting our 
website. Information  contained  in or  available  through our  website  is  not  incorporated by  reference  into,  and  you 
should  not  consider  such  information  to  be  part  of,  this  Annual  Report.    The  SEC  maintains  an  internet  site  that 
contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically 
with the SEC at www.sec.gov. 

We are a Nevada corporation. We were founded by Max Fuller and Patrick Quinn in 1985 and commenced operations 
in the transportation business in 1986. 

RISK FACTORS 

When evaluating the Company, the following discussion of risk factors, which contains forward-looking statements 
as discussed in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements” above, should be considered in conjunction 
with the other information contained in this Annual Report.  If we are unable to mitigate and/or are exposed to any of 
the following risks in the future, then there could be a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our business is subject to general economic, business and regulatory factors affecting the truckload industry that 
are largely beyond our control, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

The  truckload  industry  is  highly  cyclical,  and  our  business  is  dependent  on  a  number  of  factors  that  may  have  a 
negative impact on our results of operations, many of which are beyond our control. We believe that some of the most 
significant of these factors are economic changes that affect supply and demand in transportation markets, such as: 















recessionary economic cycles, such as the period from 2007 through 2009; 

changes in customers’ inventory levels and practices, including shrinking product/package sizes, and in 
the availability of funding for their working capital; 

excess truck capacity in comparison with shipping demand; 

driver shortages and increases in drivers’ compensation; 

industry compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements; 

fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and imposition of domestic or foreign trade tariffs; and 

downturns in customers’ business cycles, including as a result of declines in consumer spending. 

Several of the above factors were evident in the 2016 and 2019 freight environments, which led to higher inventories, 
weakened demand and pressure on rates. Similar conditions in the future could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Additionally,  economic  conditions  that  decrease  shipping  demand  or  increase  the  supply  of  available  tractors  and 
trailers can exert downward pressure on rates and equipment utilization, thereby decreasing asset productivity. The 
risks associated with these factors are heightened when the U.S. economy is weakened. Some of the principal risks 
during such times are as follows: 

 we may experience low overall freight levels, which may impair our asset utilization; 



certain of our customers may face credit issues and cash flow problems that may lead to payment delays, 
increased credit risk, bankruptcies and other financial hardships that could result in even lower freight 
demand and may require us to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts; 

13 

 
 




freight  patterns  may  change  as  supply  chains  are  redesigned,  resulting  in  an  imbalance  between  our 
capacity and our customers’ freight demand; 

customers may solicit bids for freight from multiple trucking companies or select competitors that offer 
lower rates from among existing choices in an attempt to lower their costs, and we might be forced to 
lower our rates or lose freight; 

 we may be forced to accept more loads from freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or 

may be forced to incur more non-revenue miles to obtain loads; and 



lack of access to current sources of credit or lack of lender access to capital, leading to an inability to 
secure financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. 

We are also subject to cost increases outside our control that could materially reduce our profitability if we are unable 
to increase our rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not limited to, increases in fuel prices, driver 
and office employee wages, purchased transportation costs, interest rates, taxes, tolls, license and registration fees, 
insurance, revenue equipment and related maintenance, tires and other components and healthcare and other benefits 
for our employees. Further, we may not be able to appropriately adjust our costs to changing market demands. In order 
to maintain high variability in our business model, it is necessary to adjust staffing levels to changing market demands. 
In periods of rapid change, it is more difficult to match our staffing level to our business needs. 

In  addition,  events  outside  our  control,  such  as  deterioration  of  U.S. transportation  infrastructure  and  reduced 
investment in such infrastructure, strikes or other work stoppages at our facilities or at customer, port, border or other 
shipping locations, trade tariffs, actual or threatened outbreaks of disease or other public health risks, armed conflicts 
or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign 
state or heightened security requirements could lead to wear, tear and damage to our equipment, driver dissatisfaction, 
reduced economic demand and freight volumes, reduced availability of credit, increased prices for fuel or temporary 
closing of the shipping locations or U.S. borders. Such events or enhanced security measures in connection with such 
events could impair our operating efficiency and productivity and result in higher operating costs. 

Changing  impacts  of  regulatory  measures  could  impair  our  operating  efficiency  and  productivity,  decrease  our 
revenues and profitability and result in higher operating costs. In addition, declines in the resale value of revenue 
equipment can affect our profitability and cash flows. From time to time, various U.S. federal, state or local taxes are 
also increased, including taxes on fuel. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any such tax increase applicable 
to us will be enacted, but such an increase could materially adversely affect our profitability. 

Increases in driver compensation or difficulties attracting and retaining qualified drivers could materially adversely 
affect our profitability and ability to maintain or grow our fleet. 

Like many truckload carriers, we experience substantial difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of 
qualified drivers, which includes the engagement of independent contractors. Our industry is subject to a shortage of 
qualified  drivers.  Such  shortage  is  exacerbated  during  periods  of  economic  expansion,  in  which  alternative 
employment  opportunities,  including  in  the  construction  and  manufacturing  industries,  which  may  offer  better 
compensation  and/or  more  time  at  home,  are  more  plentiful  and  freight  demand  increases,  or  during  periods  of 
economic downturns, in which unemployment benefits might be extended and financing is limited for independent 
contractors who seek to purchase equipment, or the scarcity or growth of loans for students who seek financial aid for 
driving school. Regulatory requirements, including those related to safety ratings, ELDs and hours-of-service changes 
and an improved economy could further reduce the pool of eligible drivers or force us to increase driver compensation 
to attract and retain drivers. We have seen evidence that stricter hours-of-service regulations adopted by the DOT in 
the past have tightened, and, to the extent new regulations are enacted, may continue to tighten, the market for eligible 
drivers. The lack of adequate tractor parking along some U.S. highways and congestion caused by inadequate highway 
funding may make it more difficult for drivers to comply with hours-of-service regulations and cause added stress for 
drivers, further reducing the pool of eligible drivers. We believe that the required implementation of ELDs has and 
may  further  tighten  such  market.  A  shortage  of  qualified  drivers  and  intense  competition  for  drivers  from  other 
trucking companies will create difficulties in maintaining or increasing the number of our drivers and may restrain our 
ability to engage independent contractors. We have implemented driver pay increases to address this shortage and we 
are implementing initiatives aimed at reducing the daily friction faced by our drivers in hopes of reducing turnover. 
However, the compensation we offer our drivers and independent contractor expenses are subject to market conditions 
and our initiatives to reduce driver turnover may prove unsuccessful, therefore we may find it necessary to further 
increase driver compensation, change the structure of our driver compensation and/or become subject to increased 
14 

 
independent  contractor  expenses  in  future  periods,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  growth  and 
profitability. 

In addition, we suffer from a high turnover rate of drivers and our turnover rate is higher than the industry average 
and compared to our peers. This high turnover rate requires us to spend significant resources recruiting a substantial 
number of drivers in order to operate existing revenue equipment and subjects us to a higher degree of risk with respect 
to driver shortages than our competitors. Our use of team-driven tractors in our expedited service offering requires 
two drivers per tractor, which further increases the number of drivers we must recruit and retain in comparison to 
operations that require one driver per tractor. Our driver hiring standards, including hair follicle drug testing, could 
further reduce the pool of available drivers from which we would hire. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain 
a  sufficient  number  of  drivers,  we  could  be  forced  to,  among  other  things,  continue  to  adjust  our  compensation 
packages or operate with fewer tractors and face difficulty meeting shipper demands, either of which could materially 
adversely affect our growth and profitability. 

Our engagement of independent contractors to provide a portion of our capacity exposes us to different risks than 
we face with our tractors driven by company drivers. 

Our contracts with independent contractors are governed by the federal leasing regulations, which impose specific 
requirements  on  us  and  the  independent  contractors.  If  more  stringent  federal  leasing  regulations  are  adopted, 
independent  contractors  could  be  deterred  from  becoming  independent  contractor  drivers,  which  could  materially 
adversely affect our goal of maintaining our current fleet levels of independent contractors. 

Pursuant to our fuel surcharge program with independent contractors, we pay independent contractors we contract 
with a fuel surcharge that increases with the increase in fuel prices. A significant increase or rapid fluctuation in fuel 
prices could cause our costs under this program to be higher than the revenue we receive under our customer fuel 
surcharge programs. 

We provide financing to certain qualified independent contractors. If we are unable to provide such financing in the 
future, due to liquidity constraints or other restrictions, we may experience a decrease in the number of independent 
contractors we are able to engage. Further, if independent contractors we engage default under or otherwise terminate 
the financing arrangement and we are unable to find a replacement independent contractor or seat the tractor with a 
company driver, we may incur losses on amounts owed to us with respect to the tractor. 

Independent contractors are third-party service providers, as compared with company drivers, who are employed by 
us. As independent business owners, they may make business or personal decisions that may conflict with our best 
interests. For example, if a load is unprofitable, route distance is too far from home, personal scheduling conflicts 
arise,  or  for  other  reasons,  independent  contractors  may  deny  loads  of  freight  from  time  to  time.    In  these 
circumstances, we must be able to deliver the freight timely in order to maintain relationships with customers, and if 
we fail to meet certain customer needs or incur increased expenses to do so, this could materially adversely affect our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, the autonomy of our independent contractors 
may frustrate any attempts to further utilize the capacity provided by independent contractors. 

If the independent contractors we contract with are deemed by regulators or judicial process to be employees, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Tax and other regulatory authorities, as well as independent contractors themselves, have increasingly asserted that 
independent contractor drivers in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors, and our 
classification of independent contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities from time to time. Federal 
legislation  has  been  introduced  in  the  past  that  would  make  it  easier  for  tax  and  other  authorities  to  reclassify 
independent contractors as employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping requirements for those that 
engage independent contractor drivers and to increase the penalties for companies who misclassify their employees 
and are found to have violated employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, federal legislators have 
sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers meeting certain criteria to treat individuals as independent 
contractors  if  they  are  following  a  long-standing,  recognized  practice,  to  extend  the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  to 
independent contractors and to impose notice requirements based on employment or independent contractor status and 
fines for  failure  to  comply.  Some  states  have  put  initiatives  in  place  to  increase  their  revenue from  items  such  as 
unemployment,  workers’  compensation  and  income  taxes,  and  a  reclassification  of  independent  contractors  as 
employees would help states with this initiative. Recently, courts in certain states have issued decisions that could 
result in a greater likelihood that independent contractors would be judicially classified as employees in such states.  
In September 2019, California enacted a law that made it more difficult for workers to be classified as independent 
15 

 
contractors (as  opposed  to  employees).  For  further discussion  of  this new  California law, please  see  "Regulation" 
under “Business.” Further, class actions and other lawsuits have been filed against certain members of our industry 
seeking to reclassify independent contractors as employees for a variety of purposes, including workers’ compensation 
and health care coverage. In addition, companies that use lease-purchase independent contractor programs, such as 
us, have been more susceptible to reclassification lawsuits, and several recent decisions have been made in favor of 
those seeking to classify independent contractor truck drivers as employees. Taxing and other regulatory authorities 
and  courts  apply  a  variety  of  standards  in  their determination of  independent  contractor  status.  If  the  independent 
contractors with whom we contract are determined to be employees, we would incur additional exposure under federal 
and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior 
periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings, and our business, financial condition 
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

We have a history of net losses. 

We  have  generated  a  profit  in  two  of  the  last  five  years.  Improving  profitability  depends  upon  numerous  factors, 
including our ability to successfully execute both our ongoing and planned strategic initiatives, such as increasing our 
fleet efficiency and utilization, decreasing driver turnover and further refinement of our business mix profile. We may 
not be able to improve profitability in the future. If we are unable to improve our profitability, our liquidity, business, 
financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. 

We may not be successful in achieving our business strategies. 

Many  of  our  business  strategies  require  time,  significant  management  and  financial  resources  and  successful 
implementation. Consequently, we may be unable to effectively and successfully implement our business strategies. 
We also cannot ensure that our operating results, including our operating margins, will not be materially adversely 
affected  by  future  changes  in  and  expansion  of  our  business,  including  the  expected  expansion  of  our  dedicated 
contract  service  and  brokerage  service  offerings  and  our  increased  focus  on  the  implementation  of  technology  to 
improve  our  execution  and  reduce  friction,  or  by  changes  in  economic  conditions.  Further,  many  of  our  strategic 
initiatives are focused on the development and deployment of technology. These new technology-driven initiatives 
have a high degree of risk, as they involve unproven business strategies and technologies with which we have limited 
or no prior experience. Because such offerings and technologies are new, they may involve unforeseen expenses and 
regulatory and other risks. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will generate sufficient revenue to offset 
any new expenses or liabilities associated with these new investments. It is also possible that technology developed 
or  deployed  by  others  will  render  our  technology  noncompetitive  or  obsolete.  Further,  our  development  and 
deployment  efforts with  respect  to  new  technologies  could distract  management  from  current  operations,  and  will 
divert capital and other resources from our historical operations. Despite the implementation of our operational and 
tactical strategies and initiatives, we may be unsuccessful in achieving a reduction in our operating ratio in the time 
frames we expect or at all. Further, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected by a failure to further 
penetrate  our  existing  customer  base,  cross-sell  our  services,  secure  new  customer  opportunities  and  manage  the 
operations and expenses of new or growing services. There is no assurance that we will be successful in achieving any 
of our business strategies. Even if we are successful in executing our business strategies, we still may not achieve our 
goals. 

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented industry, and numerous competitive factors could impair our 
ability to improve our profitability and materially adversely affect our results of operations. 

Numerous competitive factors could impair our ability to improve our profitability and materially adversely affect our 
results of operations, including: 

 we  compete  with  many  other  truckload  carriers  of  varying  sizes  and  service  offerings  (including 
intermodal)  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  with  (i) less-than-truckload  carriers,  (ii) railroads  and  (iii) other 
transportation and brokerage companies, several of which have access to more equipment and greater 
capital resources than we do; 

 many of our competitors periodically reduce their freight rates to gain business, especially during times 
of reduced growth in the economy, which may limit our ability to maintain or increase freight rates or 
to maintain or expand our business or may require us to reduce our freight rates in order to maintain 
business and keep our equipment productive; 

16 

 
 we may increase the size of our fleet during periods of high freight demand during which our competitors 
also increase their capacity, and we may experience losses in greater amounts than such competitors 
during subsequent cycles of softened freight demand if we are required to dispose of assets at a loss to 
match reduced freight demand; 

 we  may  have  difficulty  recruiting  and  retaining  drivers  because  our  competitors  offer  better 

compensation or working conditions; 





some of our larger customers are other transportation companies and/or also operate their own private 
trucking fleets, and they may decide to transport more of their own freight; 

some shippers have reduced or may reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting preferred carriers 
as approved service providers or by engaging dedicated providers, and we may not be selected; 

 many customers periodically solicit bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs and this process 

may depress freight rates or result in a loss of business to competitors; 













 





consolidation in the trucking industry may create other large carriers with greater financial resources 
and other competitive advantages, and we may have difficulty competing with them; 

advances in technology may require us to increase investments in order to remain competitive, and our 
customers may not be willing to accept higher freight rates to cover the cost of these investments; 

our competitors may have better safety records than us or a perception of better safety records; 

higher fuel prices and, in turn, higher fuel surcharges to our customers may cause some of our customers 
to consider freight transportation alternatives, including rail transportation; 

the U.S. Xpress brand name is a valuable asset that is subject to the risk of adverse publicity (whether 
or not justified), which could result in the loss of value attributable to our brand and reduced demand 
for our services; 

competition  from  freight  brokerage  companies  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  customer 
relationships and freight rates; 

new digital entrants with cheaper sources of capital could inhibit our ability to compete, 

our competitors may have better technology that may lead to increased operating efficiencies, reduced 
costs, a better ability to recruit drivers and more demand for their services, and 

economies of scale that procurement aggregation providers may pass on to smaller carriers may improve 
such carriers’ ability to compete with us. 

We retain high deductibles on a significant portion of our claims exposure, which could significantly increase the 
volatility of, and decrease the amount of, our earnings and materially adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  retain  high  deductibles  on  a  significant  portion  of  our  claims  exposure  and  related  expenses  associated  with 
third-party bodily injury and property damage, employee medical expenses, workers’ compensation, physical damage 
to our equipment and cargo loss. We currently retain a deductible of approximately $3.0 million per occurrence for 
automobile  bodily  injury  and  property  damage  through  our  captive  risk  retention  group  and  up  to  $500,000  per 
occurrence for workers’ compensation claims, both of which can make our insurance and claims expense higher or 
more volatile than if we maintained lower retentions. Effective September 1, 2018, we have a $3.0 million retention 
and an aggregate limit of $14.0 million in our $3.0 to $10.0 million layer of excess insurance coverage for automobile 
bodily injury and property damage. Additionally, with respect to our third-party insurance, reduced capacity in the 
insurance  market  for  trucking  risks  can  make  it  more  difficult  to  obtain  both  primary  and  excess  insurance,  can 
necessitate procuring insurance offshore, and could result in increases in collateral requirements on those primary 
lines that require securitization. 

17 

 
We have liability coverage limits of $300.0 million per occurrence. If any claim were to exceed coverage limits, we 
would bear the excess in addition to our other retained amounts. Our insurance and claims expense could increase, or 
we could find it necessary to raise our retained amounts or decrease our coverage limits when our policies are renewed 
or replaced. Our initiatives aimed at reducing insurance premiums and claims expense, such as installation of forward-
facing event recorders, hair follicle drug testing, and additional driver training, could prove unsuccessful. In addition, 
although we endeavor to limit our exposure arising with respect to such claims, we also may have exposure if carriers 
hired by our Brokerage segment are inadequately insured for any accident. Our results of operations and financial 
condition may be materially adversely affected if (i) these expenses increase, (ii) we are unable to find excess coverage 
in amounts we deem sufficient, (iii) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (iv) we experience a claim 
for which we do not have coverage or for which our insurance carriers fail to pay or (v) we experience increased 
accidents. We have in the past, and may in the future, incur significant expenses for deductibles and retentions due to 
our accident experience. 

If we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because claims prove to be more severe than our recorded 
liabilities, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. 

We accrue the costs of the uninsured portion of pending claims based on estimates derived from our evaluation of the 
nature and severity of individual claims and an estimate of future claims development based upon historical claims 
development trends. Actual settlement of our retained claim liabilities could differ from our estimates due to a number 
of uncertainties, including evaluation of severity, legal costs and claims that have been incurred but not reported. Due 
to our high retained amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. If we 
are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because our estimates are revised or the claims ultimately prove to 
be more severe than originally assessed, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely 
affected. 

Insuring risk through our captive insurance companies could materially adversely affect our operations. 

We utilize two captive insurers to transfer or fund risks. Mountain Lake Risk Retention Group, Inc. (“Mountain Lake 
RRG”) is a state-regulated, captive risk retention group owned by two of our operating subsidiaries, U.S. Xpress, Inc. 
and  Total  Transportation  of  Mississippi LLC  (“Total”).  Mountain  Lake  RRG  writes  the  primary  auto  insurance 
liability policies for U.S. Xpress, Inc. and Total; a portion of this risk is transferred to Mountain Lake RRG and the 
remaining risk is retained as a deductible by the insured subsidiaries. Through our second captive insurer, Xpress 
Assurance, we participate as a reinsurer in certain third party risks related to various types of insurance policies sold 
to drivers who carry passengers in tractors and independent contractors engaged by U.S. Xpress, Inc. and Total. The 
use of the captives necessarily involves retaining certain risks that might otherwise be covered by traditional insurance 
products, and increases in the number or severity of claims that Mountain Lake RRG and Xpress Assurance insure 
have in the past, and could in the future, materially adversely affect our earnings, business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Increases in collateral requirements that support our insurance program and could materially adversely affect our 
operations. 

To comply with certain state insurance regulatory requirements, cash and/or cash equivalents must be paid to certain 
of our third-party insurers, to state regulators and to our captive insurance companies and restricted as collateral to 
ensure payment for anticipated losses. Significant future increases in the amount of collateral required by third-party 
insurance  carriers  and  regulators  would  reduce  our  liquidity  and  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and capital resources. 

Our captive insurance companies are subject to substantial government regulation. 

Our captive insurance companies are regulated by state authorities. State regulations generally provide protection to 
policy holders, rather than stockholders, and generally involve: 





approval of premium rates for insurance; 

standards of solvency; 

 minimum amounts of statutory capital surplus that must be maintained; 

18 

 










limitations on types and amounts of investments; 

regulation of dividend payments and other transactions between affiliates; 

regulation of reinsurance; 

regulation of underwriting and marketing practices; 

approval of policy forms; 

 methods of accounting; and 



filing of annual and other reports with respect to financial condition and other matters. 

These regulations may increase our costs, limit our ability to change premiums, restrict our ability to access cash held 
by these subsidiaries and otherwise impede our ability to take actions we deem advisable. 

Increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes of new engines, future use of autonomous tractors, 
volatility  in  the  used  equipment  market,  decreased  availability  of  new  revenue  equipment  and  the  failure  of 
manufacturers to meet their obligations to us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and profitability. 

We are subject to risk with respect to higher prices for new tractors. We have experienced an increase in prices for 
new tractors over the past few years, and the resale value of the tractors has not increased to the same extent. Prices 
have  increased  and  may  continue  to  increase,  due,  in  part,  to  (i)  government  regulations  applicable  to  newly 
manufactured tractors and diesel engines , (ii) increases in commodity prices and (iii) and due to the pricing discretion 
of  equipment  manufacturers  in  periods  of  high  demand.  More  restrictive  EPA  and  state  emissions  standards  have 
required  vendors  to  introduce  new  engines.  Compliance  with  such  regulations  has  increased  the  cost  of  our  new 
tractors and could impair equipment productivity, result in lower fuel mileage and increase our operating expenses. 
These adverse effects, combined with  the uncertainty as to the reliability of the vehicles equipped with the newly 
designed diesel engines and the residual values realized from the disposition of these vehicles, could increase our costs 
or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations as the regulations 
become effective. Furthermore, future use of autonomous tractors could increase the price of new tractors and decrease 
the value of used non-autonomous tractors. 

A depressed market for used equipment could require us to trade our revenue equipment at depressed values or to 
record losses on disposal or impairments of the carrying values of our revenue equipment that is not protected by 
residual value arrangements. Used equipment prices are subject to substantial fluctuations based on freight demand, 
supply of used tractors, availability of financing, the presence of buyers for export to foreign countries and commodity 
prices for scrap metal. If there is a deterioration of resale prices, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Trades  at  depressed  values,  decreases  in  proceeds  under  equipment 
disposals  and  impairments  of  the  carrying  values  of  our  revenue  equipment  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Tractor and trailer vendors may reduce their manufacturing output in response to lower demand for their products in 
economic downturns or shortages of component parts. A decrease in vendor output may materially adversely affect 
our ability to purchase a quantity of new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain our desired growth rate and to 
maintain a late-model fleet. Moreover, an inability to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors or trailers could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Certain of our revenue equipment financing arrangements have balloon payments at the end of the finance terms equal 
to the values we expect to be able to obtain in the used market. To the extent the used market values are lower than 
such  balloon  payments,  we  may  be  forced  to  sell  the  equipment  at  a  loss  and  our  results  of  operations  would  be 
materially adversely affected. 

19 

 
Our profitability may be materially adversely impacted if our capital investments do not match customer demand 
for invested resources or if there is a decline in the availability of funding sources for these investments. 

The truckload industry generally, and our truckload offering in particular, is capital intensive and asset heavy, and our 
policy  of  maintaining  a  young,  technology-equipped  fleet  requires  us  to  expend  significant  amounts  in  capital 
expenditures  annually.  The  amount  and  timing  of  such  capital  expenditures  depend  on  various  factors,  including 
anticipated freight demand and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual 
usage,  our  capital-intensive  Truckload  segment  may  have  too  many  or  too  few  assets.  Moreover,  resource 
requirements  vary  based on  customer  demand, which  may  be  subject  to seasonal or  general economic  conditions. 
During  periods  of  decreased  customer  demand,  our  asset  utilization  may  suffer,  and  we  may  be  forced  to  sell 
equipment on the open market or turn in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right size our fleet. This 
could cause us to incur losses on such sales or require payments in connection with equipment we turn in, particularly 
during  times  of  a  softer  used  equipment  market,  either  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
profitability. Our ability to select profitable freight and adapt to changes in customer transportation requirements is 
important to efficiently deploy resources and make capital investments in tractors and trailers (with respect to our 
Truckload  segment)  or  obtain  qualified  third-party  carriers  at  a  reasonable  price  (with  respect  to  our  Brokerage 
segment). 

We expect to pay for projected capital expenditures with cash flows from operations, proceeds from equity sales or 
financing available under our existing debt instruments. Although our business volume is not highly concentrated, our 
customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may materially adversely affect us. If we were unable to 
generate sufficient cash from operations, we would need to seek alternative sources of capital, including financing, to 
meet our capital requirements. In the event that we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain 
financing on favorable terms in the future, we may have to limit our fleet size, enter into less favorable financing 
arrangements or  operate  our  revenue  equipment  for  longer periods,  any of  which  could have  a  materially  adverse 
effect on our profitability. 

Upgrading our tractors to reduce the average age of our fleet may not increase our profitability or result in cost 
savings as expected or at all. 

Upgrades of our tractor fleet may not result in an increase in profitability or cost savings. Expected improvements in 
operating ratio may lag behind new tractor deliveries, primarily because in executing a tractor fleet upgrade, we may 
experience costs associated with preparing our old tractors for trade, and our new tractors for integration into our fleet, 
and lost driving time while swapping revenue equipment. Further, tractor prices have increased and may continue to 
increase, due in part to government regulations applicable to newly manufactured tractors and diesel engines.  

In addition, we cannot be certain that an agreement will be reached on price, equipment trade-ins or other terms that 
we deem favorable. If we do enter an agreement for the purchase of new tractors, we could be exposed to the risk that 
the new tractor deliveries will be delayed. Accordingly, we are subject to an increased risk that upgrades of our tractor 
fleet will not result in the operational results, cost savings and increases in profitability that we expect. 

Difficulty in obtaining materials, equipment, goods and services from our vendors and suppliers could adversely 
affect our business. 

We are dependent upon our suppliers for certain products and materials, including our tractors, trailers and chassis. 
We manage our OTR fleet to an approximate 475,000 mile trade cycle with an average tractor age of approximately 
1.7 years  as  of  December  31,  2019.  Accordingly,  we  rely  on  suppliers  of  our  tractors,  trailers  and  components  to 
maintain the age of our fleet. If we fail to maintain favorable relationships with our vendors and suppliers, or if our 
vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials we need or undergo financial hardship, we 
could  experience  difficulty  in  obtaining  needed  goods  and  services  because  of  production  interruptions,  limited 
material availability or other reasons, or we may not be able to obtain favorable pricing or other terms. As a result, 
our business and operations could be adversely affected. 

We are dependent on systems, networks and other information technology assets (and the data contained therein) 
and  a  failure  in  the  foregoing,  including  those  caused  by  cybersecurity  breaches,  could  cause  a  significant 
disruption to our business and we may incur increasing costs in efforts to minimize those risks and comply with 
regulatory standards. 

Our business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our systems, networks and other information 
technology assets (and the data contained therein). This includes information and electronic data interchange systems 
20 

 
that we have developed, both by creating these systems in-house or by adapting purchased or off-the-shelf applications 
to suit our needs. Our information and electronic data interchange systems are used for receiving and planning loads, 
dispatching drivers and other capacity providers, billing customers and load tracking and storing the data related to 
the foregoing activities. We also maintain information security policies to protect our systems, networks and other 
information  technology  assets  (and  the  data  contained  therein)  from  cybersecurity  breaches  and  threats,  such  as 
hackers, malware and viruses; however, such policies cannot ensure the protection of our systems, networks and other 
information  technology  assets  (and  the  data  contained  therein).  We  currently  maintain  our  hardware  systems  and 
infrastructure at our Chattanooga, Tennessee headquarters, along with an off-site secondary data center and computer 
equipment at each of our truckload service centers. If we are unable to prevent system violations or other unauthorized 
access to our systems, networks and other information technology assets (and the data contained therein), we could 
be subject to significant fines and lawsuits and our reputation could be damaged, or our business operations could be 
interrupted, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and business operations. 
Furthermore, recently enacted data privacy laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act that became effective 
on January 1, 2020 and provides new data privacy rights for consumers and operational requirements for companies, 
may result in increased liability and amplified compliance and monitoring costs, any of which could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial performance and business operations. 

Our operations, and those of our technology and communications service providers are vulnerable to interruption by 
fire, natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failure, network disruptions, cyber-attacks, terrorist attacks, 
Internet failures, malicious intrusions, computer viruses and other events that may be beyond our control. Although 
we  attempt  to  reduce  the  risk  of  disruption  to  our  business  operations  through  redundant  computer  systems  and 
networks,  backup  systems  and  a  disaster  recovery  off-site  alternate  location,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such 
measures  will  be  effective.  Furthermore,  many  of  our  strategic  initiatives  would  require  further  integration  of 
technology  into  our  operations,  which  could  exacerbate  the  effects  of  any  such interruption.  If  any  of  our  critical 
information technology assets fail or become otherwise unavailable, whether as a result of a cybersecurity breach, 
upgrade project or otherwise, we would have to perform certain functions manually, which could temporarily impact 
our  ability  to  manage  our  fleet  efficiently,  respond  to  customers’  requests  effectively,  maintain  billing  and  other 
records reliably, and bill for services and prepare financial statements accurately or in a timely manner. Although we 
maintain  business  interruption  insurance,  it  may  be  inadequate  to  protect  us  in  the  event  of  an  unforeseeable  and 
extreme catastrophe. Any significant system failure, upgrade complication, security breach or other system disruption 
could interrupt or delay our operations, damage our reputation, cause us to lose customers or impact our ability to 
manage our operations and report our financial performance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. In  addition, we are currently dependent on a single vendor 
platform  to  support  certain  information  technology  functions.  If  the  stability  or  capability  of  such  vendor  is 
compromised and we were forced to migrate to a new platform, it could materially adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Our existing and future indebtedness could limit our flexibility in operating our business or adversely affect our 
business and our liquidity position. 

We have significant amounts of indebtedness outstanding, including obligations under a new credit facility we entered 
into in January 2020 that is structured as a $250.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), equipment 
installment notes, finance leases and secured notes. As of December 31, 2019, we had indebtedness of $396.0 million. 
While our goal is to reduce our leverage, our indebtedness may increase from time to time in the future for various 
reasons,  including  fluctuations  in  results  of  operations,  capital  expenditures  and  potential  acquisitions.  Any 
indebtedness  we  incur  and  restrictive  covenants  contained  in  financing  agreements  governing  such  indebtedness 
could: 

 make  it  difficult  for  us  to  satisfy  our  obligations,  including  making  interest  payments  on  our  debt 

obligations; 







limit our ability to obtain additional financing to operate our business; 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our debt, reducing our ability 
to  use  our  cash  flow  to  fund  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital  and  other  general  operational 
requirements; 

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates relating to any of our indebtedness at variable rates; 

21 

 








limit our flexibility to plan for and react to changes in our business and/or changing market conditions; 

place  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage  relative  to  some  of  our  competitors  that  have  less,  or  less 
restrictive, debt than us; 

limit our ability to pursue acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures; and 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in 
interest rates or a downturn in our business or the economy. 

The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations or cause a significant decrease in our liquidity and impair our ability to pay amounts due on 
our indebtedness. Significant repayment penalties may limit our flexibility. In addition, our Credit Facility contains 
usual and customary restrictive covenants for a facility of this nature including, among other things, restrictions on 
our  ability  to  incur  certain  additional  indebtedness  or  issue  guarantees,  to  create  liens  on  our  assets,  to  make 
distributions  on  or  redeem  equity  interests,  to  make  investments  and  to  engage  in  mergers,  consolidations,  or 
acquisitions,  and,  if our  excess  availability  is  less  than  a  specified  amount,  requires  us  to  maintain  a fixed  charge 
coverage ratio of at least 1:00:1:00. 

We  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  the  method  of  determining  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate 
(“LIBOR”) or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate. 

In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks 
to submit LIBOR rates after 2021, which is expected to result in these widely used reference rates no longer being 
available. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are classified as either "base rate loans" or "LIBOR loans." Borrowings 
under the Credit Facility are classified as either “base rate loans” or “eurodollar rate loans”.  Base rate loans accrue 
interest at a base rate equal to the highest of (A) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (B) the Agent’s prime rate, and 
(C) LIBOR plus 1.00% plus an applicable margin that is set at 0.50% through June 30, 2020 and adjusted quarterly 
thereafter between 0.25% and 0.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to 
the daily average of the lesser of the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility.  Eurodollar rate loans accrue 
interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin that is set at 1.50% through June 30, 2020 and adjusted quarterly thereafter 
between 1.25% and 1.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to the daily 
average of the lesser of the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility. Potential changes to LIBOR, as well as 
uncertainty related to such potential changes and the establishment of any alternative reference rate, may adversely 
affect our cost of capital.  At this time, we cannot predict the overall effect of the modification or discontinuation of 
LIBOR or the establishment of any alternative benchmark rate.

In the future, we may need to obtain additional financing that may not be available or, if it is available, may result 
in a reduction in the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders. 

We may need to raise additional funds in order to: 











finance  unanticipated  working  capital  requirements,  capital  investments  or  refinance  existing 
indebtedness; 

develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing products and services; 

fund strategic relationships; 

respond to competitive pressures; and 

acquire complementary businesses, technologies, products or services. 

If the economy and/or the credit markets weaken, or we are unable to enter into capital or operating leases to acquire 
revenue  equipment  on  terms  favorable  to  us,  our  business,  financial  results  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
materially  adversely  affected,  especially  if  consumer  confidence  declines  and  domestic  spending  decreases.  If 
adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to fund our strategic initiatives, 
take  advantage  of  unanticipated opportunities, develop or  enhance  technology or  services or  otherwise  respond  to 
competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt 
22 

 
 
securities, the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders may be reduced, and holders of these securities 
may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our then-existing stockholders. 

We  are  exposed  to  the  credit,  reputational  and  relationship  risks  of  certain  of  our  current  and  former  equity 
investments.

Certain  of  our  current  and  former  equity  investments,  including  Parker  Global  Enterprises,  Inc.  (“Parker”),  XPS 
Logisti-K Systems, S.A.P.I. de C.V. (“Logisti-K”), Dylka Distribuciones Logisti-K S.A. de C.V. (“Dylka”) and Xpress 
Internacional, have amounts owing to us. Furthermore, we may have overlapping customers and vendors with Parker, 
Logisti-K,  Dylka  and  Xpress  Internacional.  Any  financial  hardships  of  Parker,  Logisti-K,  Dylka,  or  Xpress 
Internacional could lead to delay or nonpayment of amounts owed to us, strain our relationships with overlapping 
customers  and  vendors,  and  damage  our  reputation.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  the  foregoing  events  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such risks may be heightened 
during a weak freight environment. 

Fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel or surcharge collection may increase our costs of operation, which 
could materially adversely affect our profitability. 

Fuel is one of our largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond our control, 
such  as  political  events,  terrorist  activities,  armed  conflicts,  commodity  futures  trading,  depreciation  of  the  dollar 
against  other  currencies,  weather  events  and  other  natural  or  man-made  disasters,  each  of  which  may  lead  to  an 
increase in the cost of fuel. Fuel prices also are affected by the rising demand for fuel in developing countries, including 
China, and could be materially adversely affected by the use of crude oil and oil reserves for purposes other than fuel 
production and by diminished drilling activity. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices, but also to 
fuel  shortages  and  disruptions  in  the  fuel  supply  chain.  Because  our  operations  are  dependent  upon  diesel  fuel, 
significant diesel fuel cost increases, shortages, rationings, or supply disruptions would materially adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Fuel also is subject to regional pricing differences and is often more expensive on the West Coast of the United States, 
where we have operations. Increases in fuel costs, to the extent not offset by rate per mile increases or fuel surcharges, 
have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability. While we have fuel surcharge programs in place 
with a majority of our customers, which historically have helped us offset the majority of the negative impact of rising 
fuel prices associated with loaded or billed miles, we also incur fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect 
to customers with which we maintain fuel surcharge programs, such as those associated with non-revenue generating 
miles, the time when our engines are idling and fuel for refrigeration units on our refrigerated trailers. Moreover, the 
terms of each customer’s fuel surcharge program vary, and certain customers have sought to modify the terms of their 
fuel surcharge programs to minimize recoverability for fuel price increases. In addition, because our fuel surcharge 
recovery lags behind changes in fuel prices, our fuel surcharge recovery may not capture the increased costs we pay 
for fuel, especially when prices are rising. This could lead to fluctuations in our levels of reimbursement, which have 
occurred in the past. During periods of low freight volumes, shippers can use their negotiating leverage to impose fuel 
surcharge policies that provide a lower reimbursement of our fuel costs. There is no assurance that our fuel surcharge 
program can be maintained indefinitely or will be sufficiently effective. Our results of operations would be negatively 
affected to the extent we cannot recover higher fuel costs or fail to improve our fuel price protection through our fuel 
surcharge program. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had no derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to fuel price fluctuations. 

We operate in a highly regulated industry, and increased direct and indirect costs of compliance with, or liability 
for violations of, existing or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We have authority to operate in the United States, as granted by the DOT, Mexico (as granted by the Secretaría de 
Comunicaciones y Transportes), and various Canadian provinces (as granted by the Ministries of Transportation and 
Communication in such provinces). In the United States, we are also regulated by the EPA, the DHS and other agencies 
in states in which we operate. Our company drivers, independent contractors and third-party carriers also must comply 
with the applicable safety and fitness regulations of the DOT, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing, 
driver safety performance and hours-of-service. Matters such as weight, equipment dimensions, exhaust emissions, 
fuel efficiency and hazardous material transportation, storage and disposal are also subject to government regulations. 
We also may become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to fuel efficiency, exhaust emissions, 
hours-of-service,  drug  and  alcohol  testing,  ergonomics,  on-board  reporting  of  operations,  collective  bargaining, 
security at ports, speed limiters, driver training and other matters affecting safety or operating methods. Future laws 
23 

 
and  regulations  may  be  more  stringent,  require  changes  in  our  operating  practices,  influence  the  demand  for 
transportation  services  or  require  us  to  incur  significant  additional  costs.  Higher  costs  incurred  by  us,  or  by  our 
suppliers who pass the costs onto us through higher supplies and materials pricing, or liabilities we may incur related 
to our failure to comply with existing or future regulations could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, 
the Trump administration has indicated a desire to reduce regulatory burdens that constrain growth and productivity 
and also to introduce legislation such as infrastructure spending that could improve our growth and productivity, to 
the extent implemented. 

In  January  2016,  the  FMCSA  proposed  changes  to  the  DOT’s  safety  rating  system,  which  would  determine  unfit 
carriers on a monthly basis using roadside inspection data in addition to investigations and onsite reviews. This change 
was  expected  to  significantly  increase  the  number  of  carriers  deemed  unfit  and  potentially  unable  to  continue  to 
operate.  In  March  2017,  in  response  to  significant  objection  by  the  industry,  the  FMCSA  withdrew  the  proposed 
changes but  noted  that  new rulemaking  related  to  a  similar process  may  be  initiated  in  the future.  Therefore,  it  is 
uncertain if, when or under what form any such new rule could be implemented. New rulemaking related to the DOT’s 
safety rating system or changes to the CSA program that impacts our safety rating or CSA scores could materially 
adversely affect our results of operations. The FMCSA also recently announced plans to conduct a new study on the 
causation  of  certain  crashes.  Although  it  remains  unclear  whether  such  a  study  will  ultimately  be  undertaken  and 
completed, the results of such a study could spur further proposed and/or final rules regarding safety and fitness in the 
U.S. 

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing a national clearinghouse for drug and alcohol testing 
results and requiring motor carriers and medical review officers to provide records of violations by commercial drivers 
of FMCSA drug and alcohol testing requirements. Motor carriers will be required to query the clearinghouse to ensure 
drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of federal drug and alcohol testing regulations that prohibit them 
from operating commercial motor vehicles. The final rule became effective on January 4, 2017, with a compliance 
date of January 6, 2020. In December 2019, however, the FMCSA announced a final rule extending by three years the 
date for state driver’s licensing agencies to comply with certain Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse requirements. The 
December 2016 commercial driver’s license rule required states to request information from the Clearinghouse about 
individuals prior to issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring a CDL. This new action will allow states’ compliance 
with the requirement, which was set to begin January 2020, to be delayed until January 2023. 

In addition, other rules have been recently proposed or made final by the FMCSA, including (i) a rule requiring the 
use of speed limiting devices on heavy duty tractors to restrict maximum speeds, which was proposed in 2016 and 
(ii) a rule setting forth minimum driver-training standards for new drivers applying for commercial driver’s licenses 
for the first time and to experienced drivers upgrading their licenses or seeking a hazardous materials endorsement, 
which was made final in December 2016 with a compliance date in February 2020 (FMCSA officials have recently 
reported,  however,  that  they  are  delaying  implementation  of  the  final  rule  by  two  years).  In  July  2017,  the  DOT 
announced that it would no longer pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the possibility that it could resume such a 
pursuit in the future. In 2019, U.S. Congressional representatives proposed a similar rule related to speed-limiting 
devices. The effect of these rules, to the extent they become effective, could result in a decrease in fleet production 
and/or driver availability, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

U.S.  Congressional  representatives  also  proposed  a  bill  in  2019  that  would  pave  the  way  for  commercial  drivers 
younger than 21 to drive tractors across state lines. This new bill, which would lower the age requirement of 21 to 18 
for interstate commercial driving if certain requirements are met, received support from the ATA during a February 
2020 Senate hearing. It is unclear how long the process of finalizing such a bill will take, however, if one comes to 
fruition at all. 

In March 2014, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held that the application of California state wage and hour 
laws to interstate truck drivers is not pre-empted by U.S. federal law. The case was appealed to the U.S. Supreme 
Court, which denied certiorari in May 2015, and accordingly, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals decision stands. 
However,  in December 2018,  the  FMCSA granted a  petition  filed by  the  American  Trucking  Associations  and  in 
doing so determined that federal law does pre-empt California’s wage and hour laws, and interstate truck drivers are 
not subject to such laws. The FMCSA’s decision has been appealed by labor groups and multiple lawsuits have been 
filed in U.S. federal courts seeking to overturn the decision, and thus it’s uncertain whether it will stand. Current and 
future U.S. state and local wage and hour laws, including laws related to employee meal breaks and rest periods, may 
vary significantly from U.S. federal law. Further, driver piece rate compensation, which is an industry standard, has 
been  attacked  as  non-compliant  with  state  minimum  wage  laws.  Both  of  these  issues  are  adversely  impacting  the 
Corporation and the industry as a whole, with respect to  the practical application of the laws, thereby resulting in 
24 

 
additional cost. As a result, we, along with other companies in our industry, are subject to an uneven patchwork of 
wage and hour laws throughout the United States. Legislation to preempt state and local wage and hour laws has been 
proposed in the past; however, passage of such legislation is uncertain. If federal legislation is not passed, we will 
either need to comply with the most restrictive state and local laws across our entire fleet, or revise our management 
systems to comply with varying state and local laws. Either solution could result in increased compliance and labor 
costs, driver turnover, decreased efficiency, and amplified legal exposure, any of which could adversely affect our 
results of operations 

The NHTSA, the EPA and certain states, including California, have adopted regulations that are aimed at reducing 
tractor emissions and/or increasing fuel economy of the equipment we use. Certain of these regulations are currently 
effective, with stricter emission and fuel economy standards becoming effective over the next several years. Other 
regulations have been proposed that would similarly increase these standards. The effects of these regulations have 
been  and  may  continue  to  be  increases  in  new  tractor  and  trailer  prices,  additional  parts  and  maintenance  costs, 
impaired productivity and uncertainty as to the reliability of the newly designed diesel engines and the residual values 
of  our  equipment.  Such  effects  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Changes in existing regulations and implementation of new regulations, such as those related to trailer size limits, 
emissions and fuel economy, hours-of-service, mandating ELDs and drug and alcohol testing in Canada, the United 
States and Mexico, could increase capacity in the industry or improve the position of certain competitors, either of 
which could negatively impact pricing and volumes or require additional investments by us. The short and long term 
impacts of changes in legislation or regulations are difficult to predict and could materially adversely affect our results 
of operations. 

Safety-related  evaluations  and  rankings  under  CSA  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  profitability  and 
operations, our ability to maintain or grow our fleet and our customer relationships. 

Under the CSA program, fleets are evaluated and ranked against their peers based on certain safety-related standards. 
Carriers  are  grouped  by  category  with  other  carriers  that  have  a  similar  number  of  safety  events  (i.e.  crashes, 
inspections,  or  violations)  and  carriers  are  ranked  and  assigned  a  rating  percentile  or  score  to  prioritize  them  for 
interventions if they are above a certain threshold. As a result, our fleet could be ranked poorly as compared to peer 
carriers, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  We recruit 
and retain first-time drivers to be part of our fleet, and these drivers may have a higher likelihood of creating adverse 
safety events under CSA. The occurrence of future deficiencies could affect driver recruitment by causing high-quality 
drivers to seek employment with other carriers or limit the pool of available drivers or could cause our customers to 
direct their business away from us and to carriers with higher fleet safety rankings, either of which would materially 
adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  future  deficiencies  could 
increase  our  insurance  expenses.  Additionally,  competition  for  drivers  with  favorable  safety  backgrounds  may 
increase, which could necessitate increases in driver-related compensation costs. Further, we may incur greater than 
expected expenses in our attempts to improve unfavorable scores. Since our driver turnover is higher than the industry 
average, any events that decrease the pool of available drivers or increase the competition for drivers may have a 
disproportionately negative impact on us versus our competitors. 

Certain of our subsidiaries are currently exceeding the established intervention thresholds in one or more of the seven 
CSA safety-related categories. Based on these unfavorable ratings, we may be prioritized for an intervention action or 
roadside inspection, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. In addition, customers may be less likely to assign loads to us. While we have put procedures in place in 
an attempt to address areas where we are exceeding and have in the past exceeded the thresholds, we cannot assure 
you these measures will be effective. 

In December 2015, Congress passed the FAST Act, which calls for significant CSA reform. The FAST Act directs 
the FMCSA to conduct studies of the scoring system used to generate CSA rankings to determine if it is effective in 
identifying high-risk carriers and predicting future crash risk. This study was conducted and delivered to the FMCSA 
in June 2017 with several recommendations to make the CSA program more fair, accurate and reliable. In late June 
2018, the FMCSA provided a report to Congress outlining the changes it may make to the CSA program in response 
to the study.   Such changes include the testing and possible adoption of a revised risk modeling theory, potential 
collection and dissemination of additional carrier data and revised measures for intervention thresholds.  The adoption 
of such changes is contingent on the results of the new modeling theory and additional public feedback.  Thus, it is 
unclear if, when and to what extent such changes to the CSA program will occur.  Additionally, with the FAST Act 
set to expire in September 2020, the U.S. Congress has noted its intent to consider a multiyear highway measure that 
25 

 
would update the FAST Act, which could lead to further changes to the CSA program. Any changes that increase the 
likelihood  of  us  receiving  unfavorable  scores  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and 
profitability. 

Receipt  of  an  unfavorable  DOT  safety  rating  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and 
profitability. 

We currently have a satisfactory DOT rating for our U.S. operations, which is the highest available rating under the 
current safety rating scale. If we were to receive a conditional or unsatisfactory DOT safety rating, it could materially 
adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  as  customer  contracts  may  require  a 
satisfactory DOT safety rating, and a conditional or unsatisfactory rating could materially adversely affect or restrict 
our operations. 

The FMCSA has proposed regulations that would modify the existing rating system and the safety labels assigned to 
motor carriers evaluated by the DOT. Under regulations that were proposed in 2016, the methodology for determining 
a carrier’s DOT safety rating would be expanded to include the on-road safety performance of the carrier’s drivers 
and  equipment,  as  well  as  results  obtained  from  investigations.  Exceeding  certain  thresholds  based  on  such 
performance  or  results  would  cause  a  carrier  to  receive  an  unfit  safety  rating.  The  proposed  regulations  were 
withdrawn  in  March  2017,  but  the  FMCSA  noted  that  a  similar  process  may  be  initiated  in  the  future.  If  similar 
regulations  were  enacted  and  we  were  to  receive  an  unfit  or  other  negative  safety  rating,  our  business  would  be 
materially adversely affected in the same manner as if we received a conditional or unsatisfactory safety rating under 
the  current  regulations.  In  addition,  poor  safety  performance  could  lead  to  increased  risk  of  liability,  increased 
insurance, maintenance and equipment costs and potential loss of customers, which could materially adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We face litigation risks that could have a material adverse effect on the operation of our business. 

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, applicants, independent contractor drivers, customers, 
vendors, government agencies, stockholders and other parties through private actions, class actions, administrative 
proceedings, regulatory actions and other processes. Recently, we and several other trucking companies have been 
subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of various federal and state wage and hour laws 
regarding, among other things, minimum wage, meal and rest periods, overtime eligibility and failure to pay for all 
hours worked. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial settlements or damages by other 
carriers. 

The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, such as our pending wage and hour class action lawsuit, 
the independent contractor putative class action lawsuit and the putative class action lawsuits arising out of our IPO, 
and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits 
may  remain  unknown  for  substantial  periods  of  time.  See  “Legal  Proceeding.”  Additionally,  the  cost  to  defend 
litigation may also be significant. Not all claims are covered by our insurance (including wage and hour claims), and 
there can be no assurance that our coverage limits will be adequate to cover all amounts in dispute. To the extent we 
experience claims that are uninsured, exceed our coverage limits, involve significant aggregate use of our retention 
amounts, or cause increases in future premiums, the resulting expenses could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In addition, we may be subject, and have been subject in the past, to litigation resulting from trucking accidents. The 
number  and  severity  of  litigation  claims  may  be  worsened  by  distracted  driving  by  both  truck  drivers  and  other 
motorists.  These  lawsuits have resulted,  and  may  result  in  the future,  in  the payment  of  substantial  settlements  or 
damages and increases of our insurance costs.  

We are a defendant in putative class action lawsuits and a stockholder derivative lawsuit arising out of our IPO 
and we may be involved in additional litigation in the future. Such lawsuits could result in substantial costs and 
divert management's attention. 

In 2018, a putative class action lawsuit alleging violations of federal securities laws was filed naming us and certain 
of our officers and directors as defendants. Plaintiffs also named as defendants the underwriters in our IPO. Since 
then, several other actions making substantially the same allegations have been filed. The plaintiffs in these lawsuits 
generally  allege  that  our  registration  statement  and  prospectus  related  to  our  IPO  contained  materially  false  or 
misleading statements.  Additionally, one of these lawsuits alleges that the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and 
its  Chief  Financial  Officer  made  false  and/or  misleading  statements  and/or  material  omissions  in  press  releases, 
26 

 
earnings  calls,  investor  conferences,  television  interviews,  and  filings  made  with  the  SEC  subsequent  to  our  IPO. 
Furthermore,  a  stockholder  derivative  lawsuit  was  filed  against  five  of  our  executives  and  our  independent  board 
members (the “Individual Defendants”), naming the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges that the 
Company made false and/or misleading statements in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the SEC in 
connection with our IPO and that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties by causing or allowing the 
Company  to  make  such  statements.  The  complaint  alleges  that  the  Company  has  been  damaged  by  the  alleged 
wrongful conduct as a result of, among other things, being subjected to the time and expense of the securities class 
action lawsuits that have been filed relating to our IPO.  In addition to a claim for alleged breach of fiduciary duties, 
the  lawsuit  alleges  claims  against  the  Individual  Defendants  for  unjust  enrichment,  abuse  of  control,  gross 
mismanagement, and waste of corporate assets. 

These lawsuits may divert financial and management resources that would otherwise be used to benefit our operations. 
Although we deny the material allegations in the lawsuits and intend to defend ourselves vigorously, defending the 
lawsuits could result in substantial costs. No assurances can be given that the results of these matters will be favorable 
to us. In addition, we may be the target of securities-related litigation in the future, both related and unrelated to the 
existing  class  action  lawsuits.  Such  litigation  could  divert  our  management’s  attention  and  resources,  result  in 
substantial damages, costs and expense and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

We are generally obligated to indemnify our current and former directors and officers in connection with lawsuits and 
related litigation or settlement amounts. We maintain director and officer insurance to protect us from such lawsuits, 
however, we are responsible for meeting certain deductibles under the policies.  In addition, we cannot assure you that 
such policies will adequately protect us from lawsuits or that costs and expenses related to lawsuits will not exceed 
the coverage provided under such policies. Further, as a result of the pending lawsuits, the costs of director and officer 
insurance may increase and the availability of coverage may decrease. As a result, we may not be able to maintain our 
current levels of director and officer insurance at a reasonable cost, or at all, which might make it more difficult to 
attract  qualified  candidates  to  serve  as  executive  officers  or  directors.    The  effect  of  these  lawsuits  involving  our 
officers and directors and the resolution of these matters may result in significant damages, costs and expenses, which 
could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We evaluate these and other litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the probability of unfavorable outcomes 
and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish 
reserves or disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates 
are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management 
judgment.  Actual  outcomes  or  losses  may  differ  materially  from  our  current  assessments  and  estimates,  and  any 
adverse resolution of litigation pending or threatened against us could have a material adverse impact on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Management  and  key  employee  turnover  or  failure  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  management  and  other  key 
personnel, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We depend on the leadership and expertise of our executive management team and other key personnel to design and 
execute our strategic and operating plans. While we have employment  agreements in place with these executives, 
there can be no assurance we will continue to retain their services and we may become subject to significant severance 
payments  if  our  relationship  with  these  executives  is  terminated  under  certain  circumstances.  Further,  turnover, 
planned or otherwise, in these or other key leadership positions may materially adversely affect our ability to manage 
our business efficiently and effectively, and such turnover can be disruptive and distracting to management, may lead 
to additional departures of existing personnel and could have a material adverse effect on our operations and future 
profitability.  We  must  recruit,  develop  and  retain  a  core  group  of  managers  to  realize  our  goal  of  expanding  our 
operations, improving our earnings consistency and positioning ourselves for long-term operating revenue growth. 

We have several major customers, and the loss of, or significant reduction of business with, one or more of them 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from a small number of major customers, the loss of, or significant 
reduction of business with, one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. For the year 
ended  December 31,  2019,  our  top  25  customers,  based  on  revenue,  accounted  for  approximately  71.2%  of  our 
revenue; our top ten customers, approximately 55.3% of our revenue; our top five customers, approximately 40.4% 
of our revenue; and our largest customer, Walmart Inc., accounted for approximately 12.3% of our revenue, in each 
case, calculated excluding fuel surcharge. A substantial portion of our freight is from customers in the retail industry. 
27 

 
As  such,  our  volumes  are  largely  dependent  on  consumer  spending  and  retail  sales,  and  our  results  may  be  more 
susceptible to trends in unemployment and retail sales than carriers that do not have this concentration. In addition, 
our major customers engage in bid processes and other activities periodically (including currently) in an attempt to 
lower their costs of transportation. We may not choose to participate in these bids or, if we participate, may not be 
awarded  the  freight,  either  of  which  circumstances  could  result  in  a  reduction  of  our  freight  volumes  with  these 
customers. In this event, we could be required to replace the volumes elsewhere at uncertain rates and volumes, suffer 
reduced equipment utilization or reduce the size of our fleet. Failure to retain our existing customers, or enter into 
relationships with new customers, each on acceptable terms, could materially impact our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and ability to meet our current and long-term financial forecasts. 

Economic conditions and capital markets may materially adversely affect our customers and their ability to remain 
solvent. Our customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition 
and our ability to comply with the covenants under our debt agreements, especially if they were to delay or default on 
payments to us. Generally, we do not have contractual relationships that guarantee any minimum volumes with our 
customers, and we cannot assure you that our customer relationships will continue as presently in effect. Our dedicated 
contract service offering is typically subject to longer term written contracts than our OTR service offering. However, 
certain of these contracts contain cancellation clauses, including our “evergreen” contracts, which automatically renew 
for one year terms but that can be terminated more easily. There is no assurance any of our customers, including our 
dedicated contract customers, will continue to utilize our services, renew our existing contracts, or continue at the 
same volume levels. Despite the existence of contractual arrangements with our customers, certain of our customers 
may nonetheless engage in competitive bidding processes that could negatively impact our contractual relationship. 
In addition, certain of our major customers may increasingly use their own truckload and delivery fleets, which would 
reduce our freight volumes. A reduction in or termination of our services by one or more of our major customers, 
including our dedicated contract customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

In addition, the size and market concentration of some of our customers may allow them to exert increased pressure 
on the prices, margins and non-monetary terms of our contracts. 

We depend on third-party service providers, particularly in our Brokerage segment, and service instability from 
these providers could increase our operating costs and reduce our ability to offer brokerage services, which could 
materially  adversely  affect  our  revenue,  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  customer 
relationships. 

Our Brokerage segment is dependent upon the services of third-party carriers, including other truckload carriers. For 
this business, we do not own or control the transportation assets that deliver our customers’ freight and we do not 
employ the providers directly involved in delivering the freight. These third-party providers may seek other freight 
opportunities and/or require increased compensation in times of improved freight demand or tight truckload capacity. 
If we are unable to secure the services of these third parties or if we become subject to increases in the prices we must 
pay to secure such services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely 
affected, and we may be unable to serve our customers on competitive terms. Our ability to secure sufficient equipment 
or other transportation services may be affected by many risks beyond our control, including equipment shortages in 
the  transportation  industry,  particularly  among  contracted  truckload  carriers,  new  entrants  with  different  business 
models, interruptions in service due to labor disputes, driver shortage, changes in regulations impacting transportation 
and changes in transportation rates. 

We may not make acquisitions in the future, which could impede growth, or if we do, we may not be successful in 
integrating any acquired businesses, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Historically, a key component of our growth strategy has been to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses. 
We currently do not expect to make any material acquisitions over the next few years, which could impede growth. If 
we do make acquisitions, we cannot assure that we will be successful in negotiating, consummating or integrating the 
acquisitions.  If  we  succeed  in  consummating  future  acquisitions,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations, may be materially adversely affected because: 



some of the acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenue, earnings or cash flows; 

 we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us or otherwise exceed our estimates; 

28 

 
 we  may  be  unable  to  integrate  acquired  businesses  successfully,  or  at  all,  and  realize  anticipated 
economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and 
delays or other operational, technical or financial problems; 



acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and divert our resources; 

 we may experience difficulties operating in markets in which we have had no or only limited direct 

experience; 

 we may incur transactions costs and acquisition-related integration costs; 

 we could lose customers, employees and drivers of any acquired company; 

 we may incur additional indebtedness; and 

 we may issue additional shares of our Class A common stock, which would dilute the ownership of our 

then-existing stockholders. 

We are subject to certain risks arising from our Mexican operations. 

We  have  operations  in  Mexico,  representing  approximately  $2.4  million  of  our  revenue  in  2019,  excluding  fuel 
surcharge. Even following our sale of Xpress Internacional, we expect to have business to and from Mexico through 
a  more  variable  cost  model  using  third  party  carriers.  As  a  result,  we  are  subject  to  risks  of  doing  business 
internationally, including fluctuations in foreign currencies, changes in the economic strength of Mexico, difficulties 
in  enforcing  contractual  obligations  and  intellectual  property  rights,  burdens  of  complying  with  a  wide  variety  of 
international and U.S. export and import laws, economic sanctions and social, political and economic instability. We 
must also comply with applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 
and  local  laws  prohibiting  corrupt  payments  to  government  officials.  We  cannot  guarantee  compliance  with  all 
applicable laws, and violations could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, competitive or 
reputational harm, litigation or regulatory action and other consequences that might adversely affect our results of 
operations and our consolidated performance. 

In addition, if we are unable to maintain our Free and Secure Trade (“FAST”), Business Alliance for Secure Commerce 
(“BASC”) and U.S. C-TPAT certification statuses, we may have significant border delays, which could cause our 
Mexican operations to be less efficient than those of competitor truckload carriers also operating in Mexico that obtain 
or continue to maintain FAST, BASC and C-TPAT certifications. We also face additional risks associated with our 
foreign operations, including restrictive trade policies and imposition of duties, taxes or government royalties imposed 
by the Mexican government, to the extent not preempted by the terms of the North American Free Trade Agreement 
(“NAFTA”) or its proposed replacement, the United-States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which has been 
ratified by the U.S. and Mexico, but must be ratified by Canada in order to go into effect. In addition, changes to 
NAFTA, USMCA (if ratified by Canada) or other treaties governing our business could materially adversely affect 
our international business.  It is also uncertain how the USMCA, if ratified by Canada, will impact foreign trade and 
our Mexican operations. Factors that substantially affect the operations of our business in Mexico may have a material 
adverse effect on our overall results of operations. Additionally, the management team for our Mexican operations is 
relatively small and each member of the management team has significant impact on the performance and results of 
our Mexican operations. The loss of one or more of the management members could have a negative effect on our 
Mexican revenue and results of operations and on our consolidated performance. 

Changes to trade regulation, quotas, duties or tariffs, caused by the changing U.S. and geopolitical environments 
or otherwise, may increase our costs and materially adversely affect our business. 

Actions by the Trump administration have led to the imposition of tariffs on certain imported steel and aluminum. The 
implementation of these tariffs, as well as the imposition of additional tariffs or quotas or changes to certain trade 
agreements, including tariffs applied to goods traded between the United States and China, could, among other things, 
increase the costs of the materials used by our suppliers to produce new revenue equipment or increase the price of 
fuel. Such cost increases for our revenue equipment suppliers would likely be passed on to us, and to the extent fuel 
prices  increase,  we  may  not  be  able  to  fully  recover  such  increases  through  rate  increases  or  our  fuel  surcharge 
program, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

29 

 
The USMCA could also impact the amount, movement and patterns of freight we transport. 

Our business depends on our reputation and the value of the U.S. Xpress brand, and if we are unable to protect 
our brand name or proprietary and other intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed. 

We believe that the U.S. Xpress brand name symbolizes high-quality service and reliability and is a significant sales 
and marketing tool to which we devote substantial resources to promote and protect. Adverse publicity, whether or 
not justified, related to activities by our drivers, independent contractors or agents, such as accidents, customer service 
issues or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increased 
use of social media outlets, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it difficult for us to 
respond effectively. Damage to our reputation and loss of value in our brand could reduce the demand for our services 
and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and require additional resources 
to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand. 

In addition, we depend on the protection of our proprietary and other intellectual property rights, including service 
marks,  trademarks,  domain  names,  patents,  copyrights,  confidential  information  and  similar  intellectual  property 
rights.  We  rely  on  a  combination  of  laws  and  contractual  restrictions  with  employees,  independent  contractors, 
customers,  suppliers,  affiliates  and others  to  establish and protect  these  proprietary  and other  intellectual  property 
rights. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary and other intellectual property rights, third parties may use our 
proprietary and other intellectual property information without our authorization and may otherwise misappropriate, 
infringe or violate the same, and efforts to prevent or police such unauthorized use or misappropriation, including 
instituting litigation, may consume significant resources, which could materially adversely affect our business, distract 
our management and divert our resources. 

Developments in labor and employment law and any unionizing efforts by employees could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations. 

We  face  the  risk  that  Congress,  federal  agencies  or  one  or  more  states  could  approve  legislation  or  regulations 
significantly affecting our businesses and our relationship with our employees, such as the previously proposed federal 
legislation referred to as the Employee Free Choice Act, which would have substantially liberalized the procedures 
for union organization. None of our domestic employees are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement, 
but any attempt by our employees to organize a labor union could result in increased legal and other associated costs. 
Additionally, given the National Labor Relations Board’s “speedy election” rule, our ability to timely and effectively 
address  any  unionizing  efforts  would  be  difficult.  If  we  entered  into  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  our 
domestic employees, the terms could materially adversely affect our costs, efficiency and ability to generate acceptable 
returns on the affected operations.  

Additionally, the Department of Labor issued a final rule in 2016 raising the minimum salary basis exemption from 
overtime  payments  for  executive,  administrative  and  professional  employees.  The  rule  purported  to  increase  the 
minimum  salary  from  the  current  amount  of  $23,660  to  $47,476  and  aimed  to  count  non-discretionary  bonus, 
commission and other incentive payments towards the minimum salary requirement. The rule was scheduled to go 
into effect on December 1, 2016. However, the rule was temporarily enjoined from going into effect in November 
2016, and later invalidated in August 2017, after several states and business groups filed separate lawsuits against the 
Department of Labor challenging the rule. However, on January 1, 2020, a similar final rule adopted by the Department 
of Labor went into effect, raising the current minimum salary level for exempt employees from $455 per week, or 
$23,660 annually, to $684 per week, or $35,568 annually, and allowing for up to 10 percent of the standard salary 
level to come from non-discretionary bonuses and incentive payments (including commissions) that are paid at least 
annually. This rule, and any future rule similar to this rule that impacts the way we classify certain positions, increases 
our payment of overtime wages or increases the salaries we are required to pay to currently exempt employees to 
maintain their exempt status may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

These  types  of  cases  have  increased  since  March  2014  when  the  Ninth  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  held  that  the 
application of California state wage and hour laws to interstate truck drivers is not preempted by federal law. The case 
was appealed to the Supreme Court of the United States, which denied certiorari in May 2015, and accordingly, the 
Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals decision stood. However, in December 2018, the FMCSA granted a petition filed by 
the ATA and in doing so determined that federal law does preempt California’s wage and hour laws, and interstate 
truck drivers are not subject to such laws.  The FMCSA’s decision has been appealed by labor groups and multiple 
lawsuits have been filed in federal courts seeking to overturn the decision, and thus it’s uncertain whether it will stand. 
Other current and future state and local wage and hour laws, including laws related to employee meal breaks and rest 
30 

 
periods, may also vary significantly from federal law. As a result, we, along with other companies in the industry, are 
subject to an uneven patchwork of wage and hour laws throughout the United States. In the past, certain legislators 
have proposed federal legislation to solidify the preemption of state and local wage and hour laws applied to interstate 
truck drivers; however, passage of such legislation is uncertain. If federal legislation is not passed, we may either need 
to comply with the most restrictive state and local laws across our entire fleet, or revise our management systems to 
comply with varying state and local laws. Either solution could result in increased compliance and labor costs, driver 
turnover and decreased efficiency. 

Seasonality and the impact of weather and other catastrophic events affect our operations and profitability. 

Our tractor productivity decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations and some 
shippers reduce their shipments after the winter holiday season. Revenue may also be adversely affected by inclement 
weather  and  holidays,  since  revenue  is  directly  related  to  available  working  days  of  shippers.  At  the  same  time, 
operating expenses increase and fuel efficiency declines because of engine idling and harsh weather creating higher 
accident  frequency,  increased  claims  and  higher  equipment  repair  expenditures.  We  also  may  suffer  from 
weather-related  or  other  unforeseen  events  such  as  tornadoes,  hurricanes,  blizzards,  ice  storms,  floods,  fires, 
earthquakes and explosions. These events may disrupt fuel supplies, increase fuel costs, disrupt freight shipments or 
routes, affect regional economies, damage or destroy our assets or adversely affect the business or financial condition 
of  our  customers,  any  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  make  our  results  of 
operations more volatile. 

Our total assets include goodwill and other intangibles. If we determine that these items have become impaired in 
the future, net income could be materially adversely affected. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had recorded goodwill of $57.7 million and other intangible assets of $27.2 million 
primarily as a result of certain customer relationships connected with certain acquisition-related transactions and trade 
names. Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid by us over the estimated fair value of identifiable net 
assets  acquired  by  us.  We  may  never  realize  the  full  value  of  our  goodwill  or  intangible  assets.  Any  future 
determination  requiring  the  write-off  of  a  significant  portion  of  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  would  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Uncertainties in the interpretation and application of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could materially adversely 
affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate. 

In December 2017, the U.S. enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the 2017 Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (the “Act”). The new law requires complex computations not previously required by U.S. tax law. As such, 
the application of accounting guidance for such items is currently uncertain. Further, compliance with the new law 
and  the  accounting for  such provisions  require preparation  and  analysis  of  information  not  previously  required or 
regularly  produced.  In  addition,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury  has  broad  authority  to  issue  regulations  and 
interpretative guidance that may significantly impact how we will apply the law and impact our results of operations 
in future periods. Accordingly, while we have provided a provisional estimate on the effect of the new law in our 
accompanying  audited  financial  statements,  further  regulatory  or  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”) accounting guidance for the law, our further analysis on the application of the law, and refinement of our 
initial  estimates  and  calculations  could  materially  change  our  current  provisional  estimates,  which  could  in  turn 
materially affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate. There are also likely to be significant future impacts that 
these tax reforms will have on our future financial results and our business strategies. In addition, there is a risk that 
states or foreign jurisdictions may amend their tax laws in response to these tax reforms, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our results. 

The price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly. 

The trading price of our Class A common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile and subject to wide 
price fluctuations in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those described 
above and the following: 





actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual financial results; 

the financial guidance we may provide to the public, any changes in such guidance or our failure to 
meet such guidance; 

31 

 




failure of industry or securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates 
or downgrades of our Class A common stock or our sector by any industry or securities analysts that 
follow us or our failure to meet such estimates; 

downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors; 

 market factors, including rumors, whether or not correct, involving us or our competitors; 





























unfavorable market reactions to allegations regarding the safety of our or our competitors' services 
and  costs  or  negative  publicity  arising  out  of  any  potential  litigation  and/or  government 
investigations resulting therefrom; 

fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of securities of similar companies; 

sales or anticipated sales of large blocks of our Class A common stock; 

short selling of our Class A common stock by investors; 

limited "public float" in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales of our 
Class A common stock could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the market price for 
our Class A common stock; 

our  ability  to  satisfy  our  ongoing  capital  requirements  and  unanticipated  cash  needs  or  adverse 
market reaction to any additional indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future; 

additions or departures of key personnel; 

announcements  of  new  commercial  relationships,  acquisitions  or  other  strategic  transactions,  or 
entry into new markets or exit from markets by us or our competitors; 

failure of any of our initiatives, including our growth strategy, to achieve commercial success; 

regulatory or political developments; 

changes in accounting principles or methodologies; 

litigation or governmental investigations; 

negative publicity about us in the media and online; and 

general financial market conditions or events. 

Furthermore,  the  stock  markets  have  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  and 
continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations sometimes have been 
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, certain index providers, 
such as FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones, have announced restrictions that limit or preclude inclusion of companies 
with multiple-class share structures in certain indexes. Because of our dual-class structure, we may be excluded from 
these indexes and we cannot assure you that other stock indexes will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow 
of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would 
likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other 
investors. These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate 
substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and 
may otherwise adversely affect the price or liquidity of our Class A common stock. 

32 

 
We  previously  identified  four  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  We  have 
concluded that we have remediated three of such material weaknesses. If our remediation of the remaining material 
weakness is not effective, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain 
an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial 
condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value 
of our Class A common stock. 

Prior to our IPO, we were not required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and were therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls 
over  financial  reporting  for  that  purpose.  Since  our  IPO,  we  have  been  required  to  comply  with  the  SEC's  rules 
implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which has required management to certify financial 
and  other  information  in  our  quarterly  and  annual  reports  and  provide  an  annual  management  report  on  the 
effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. We were required to make our first annual assessment of our internal 
controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 (including an auditor attestation on management's internal 
controls report) in this Annual Report. 

As disclosed in “Controls and Procedures” of this report, during the course of preparing for our IPO, we identified 
four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2019, we have concluded 
that  we  had  remediated  material  weaknesses  related  to  (i)  the  design  of  controls  over  income  tax  accounting  (ii) 
evidential matter supporting the design and implementation of our controls and (iii) the control activities component 
of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission framework. However, as of December 
31, 2019, we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to a failure to maintain 
an effective control environment as a result of key information technology general controls being implemented in the 
quarter  ending  December  31,  2019,  which  did  not  allow  an  ample  instances  of  control  operations  to  determine 
operational  effectiveness.  Management  believes  additional  time  is  needed  to  demonstrate  the  sustainability  and 
effectiveness  of  the  established  controls  before  concluding  on  remediation  of  the  material  weakness.  There  is  no 
assurance that we will effectively remediate the material weakness or that we will not identify additional material 
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. 

If we fail to effectively remediate the material weakness in our control environment, if we identify future material 
weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, or if we are unable to comply with the demands that have 
been placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in a 
timely  manner,  we  may  be  unable  to  accurately  report  our  financial  results,  or  report  them  within  the  timeframes 
required by the SEC. We also could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other 
regulatory  authorities.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  assert  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and 
completeness of our financial reports, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be 
adversely affected. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, our 
market or our competitors, or if they change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock in a 
negative way, the price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline. 

The trading market for our Class A common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities 
analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who cover us change 
their recommendation regarding our Class A common stock in a negative way, or provide more favorable relative 
recommendations about our competitors, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If any analyst 
who covers us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline. 

The large number of shares eligible for public sale in the future, or the perception of the public that these sales 
may occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock. 

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of (i) sales of a large number of shares of our 
Class A  common  stock,  particularly  sales  by  our  directors,  employees  (including  our  executive  officers)  and 
significant stockholders, and (ii) a large number of shares of our Class A common stock being registered or offered 
for sale (including upon the conversion of Class B shares for Class A shares and the subsequent sale by the holders 
thereof). These  sales, or  the perception  that  these  sales  could  occur,  may  depress  the market  price of our  Class A 
common  stock.  Any  shares  of  Class B  common  stock  sold  to  non-family  members  will  automatically  convert  to 
33 

 
Class A common stock upon such sale. In addition to the sale of existing Class A shares, our charter does not limit the 
conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon transfer by the holders 
thereof and as a result, all of the shares of Class B common stock may be converted into shares of Class A common 
stock, which could have a negative effect on the market price of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock. 

Additionally, entities affiliated with Mr. Max Fuller have negatively pledged 8,261,776 shares of Class B common 
stock as security for a loan, as well as the equity of the entities holding such shares. If the lender for such loan were 
to foreclose on the entities holding such shares and sell such shares into the market, it could result in (i) a decrease of 
the  market  price  of  the  outstanding  share  of  Class  A  stock,  (ii)  an  increase  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  the 
outstanding shares of Class A common stock and (iii) a change in control of the Company. Our Board of Directors 
has  approved,  subject  to  stockholder  approval,  an  amendment  to  our  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of 
Incorporation ("Articles of Incorporation") that would allow trusts and entities affiliated with Messrs. Max Fuller and 
Eric Fuller and Ms. Lisa Pate to pledge shares of Class B common stock without automatic conversion to Class A 
common stock, in addition to their ability to pledge shares of Class B common stock individually without automatic 
conversion  to  Class  A  common  stock.  Accordingly,  subject  to  approval  by  our  Board  of  Directors,  to  the  extent 
required by our Executive and Director Stock Ownership, Retention, and Anti-Hedging and Pledging Policy, all shares 
of Class B common stock would be eligible for pledging. 

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain members 
of the Fuller and Quinn families (or trusts for the benefit of any of them or entities owned by any of them), which 
limits or precludes the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters. 

Our  Class B  common  stock  has  five  votes  per  share,  and  our  Class A  common  stock  has  one  vote  per  share. 
Stockholders  who  hold  shares  of  Class B  common  stock,  Messrs.  Max  Fuller  and  Eric  Fuller  and  Ms. Pate 
(collectively, the "Qualifying Stockholders") and certain trusts for the benefit of any of them or their family members 
or certain entities owned by any of them or their family members (collectively with the Qualifying Stockholders, the 
"Class B Stockholders"), hold approximately 70.2% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of 
the five-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the Class B Stockholders 
collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be 
able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of Class B common stock 
represent at least 16.7% of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. This 
concentrated control will limit or preclude the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters for the 
foreseeable future. The interests of the Class B Stockholders may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders, 
and they may take actions affecting us with which other stockholders disagree. For example, the Class B Stockholders 
could take actions that would have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or other business 
combination  that  might  otherwise  be  beneficial  to  us  and  our  stockholders.  In  addition,  certain  of  the  Class B 
Stockholders have been engaged from time to time in certain related party transactions with us. Further, Messrs. Eric 
Fuller and Max Fuller and Mses. Pate and Janice Fuller, the wife of Max Fuller, have entered into a voting agreement 
(the "Voting Agreement") under which each has granted a voting proxy with respect to the shares of Class B common 
stock subject to the voting agreement. Mr. Eric Fuller and Ms. Janice Fuller have initially designated Mr. Max Fuller 
as his or her proxy and Mr. Max Fuller and Ms. Pate have each initially designated Mr. Eric Fuller as his or her proxy. 
Accordingly, upon death or incapacity of any of Messrs. Eric Fuller or Max Fuller or Ms. Pate, voting control would 
remain concentrated with certain members of the Fuller and/or Quinn families. 

Future  transfers  by  holders  of  Class B  common  stock  will  generally  result  in  those  shares  converting  to  Class A 
common stock, except for transfers among certain members of the Fuller and Quinn families (or trusts for the benefit 
of any of them or entities owned by any of them) effected for estate planning or charitable purposes. The conversion 
of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting 
power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. 

Furthermore, as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules, we qualify for and, in the future, may 
opt  to  rely  on,  exemptions  from  certain  corporate  governance  requirements,  including  having  a  majority  of 
independent  directors,  as  well  as  having  nominating  and  corporate  governance  and  compensation  committees 
composed entirely of independent directors.  If in the future we choose to rely on such exemptions, the interests of our 
Qualifying Stockholders may differ from those of our other stockholders and the other stockholders may not have the 
same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for 
NYSE-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could make our Class A common stock less attractive to 
some investors or otherwise harm our stock price. 

34 

 
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends. 

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently 
expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future 
will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, 
contractual restrictions, including restrictive covenants contained in our financing agreements, restrictions imposed 
by applicable law, capital requirements and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Additionally, under 
our Credit Facility, we are restricted from paying cash dividends except in limited circumstances. Accordingly, in 
order for stockholders to realize a gain on their investment, the price of our common stock would need to increase, 
which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common 
stock. 

Provisions in our charter documents or Nevada law may inhibit a takeover, which could limit the price investors 
might be willing to pay for our Class A common stock. 

Our  Articles  of  Incorporation,  our  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  ("Bylaws"),  and  Nevada  corporate  law  contain 
provisions  that  could  delay,  discourage  or  prevent  a  change  of  control  or  changes  in  our  Board  of  Directors  or 
management that a stockholder might consider favorable. For example, our Articles of Incorporation authorize our 
Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval and to set the rights, preferences and other 
terms thereof, including voting rights of those shares; our Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative 
voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some 
directors;  our  Class B  common  stock  possesses  disproportionate  voting  rights;  and  our  Bylaws  provide  that  a 
stockholder must provide advance notice of business to be brought before an annual meeting or to nominate candidates 
for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions will apply even if the change may be 
considered beneficial by some of our stockholders, and thereby negatively affect the price that investors might be 
willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock. In addition, to the extent that these provisions discourage 
an acquisition of our company or other change in control transaction, they could deprive stockholders of opportunities 
to realize takeover premiums for their shares of our Class A common stock. 

Our Articles of Incorporation designate the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County of the State of Nevada 
as  the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  certain  types  of  actions  and  proceedings  that  may  be  initiated  by  our 
stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us 
or our directors, officers or employees. 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Eighth Judicial 
District Court of Clark County of the State of Nevada will be the sole and exclusive forum for any and all actions, 
suits or proceedings, whether civil, administrative or investigative or that asserts any claim or counterclaim brought 
in our name or on our behalf, any derivative action (i) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of 
our directors, officers or employees to us or our stockholders, (ii) arising or asserting a claim arising pursuant to any 
provision the Nevada Statutes, our Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws or (iii) asserting a claim that is governed 
by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County having 
personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendant. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring 
any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this provision 
of our Articles of Incorporation. This choice of forum provision may limit our stockholders' ability to bring certain 
claims, including claims against our directors, officers or employees, in a judicial forum that the stockholder finds 
favorable and therefore may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Stockholders who do bring a claim in 
the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County could face additional litigation and related costs in pursuing any 
such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Nevada. The Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County 
may  also  reach  different  judgments  or  results  than  would  other  courts,  including  courts  where  a  stockholder 
considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results 
may  be  more  favorable  to  us  than  to  our  stockholders.  Alternatively,  if  a  court  were  to  find  this  provision  of  our 
Articles of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions 
or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

35 

 
PROPERTIES 

We  own  or  lease  administrative  offices  and  truck  terminals  (which  may  include  fleet  operations,  equipment 
maintenance, driver orientation/training, fuel station and equipment parking) throughout the continental United States, 
none of which are individually material. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are involved in various litigation and claims primarily arising in the normal course of business, which include 
claims for personal injury or property damage incurred in the transportation of freight. Our insurance program for 
liability, physical damage and cargo damage involves varying risk retention levels. Claims in excess of these risk 
retention  levels  are  covered  by  insurance  in  amounts  that  management  considers  to  be  adequate.  Based  on  its 
knowledge of the facts and, in certain cases, advice of outside counsel, management believes the resolution of claims 
and  pending  litigation,  taking  into  account  existing  reserves,  will  not  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  us. 
Information  relating  to  legal  proceedings  is  included  in  Note 12  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial 
statements, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our Class A common stock is traded on The New York Stock Exchange, under the symbol “USX.” 

Holders of Record 

As of February 19, 2020, we had approximately eight stockholders of record of our Class A common stock; however, 
we estimate our actual number of stockholders is much higher because a substantial number of our shares are held of 
record by brokers or dealers for their customers in street names.  As of February 19, 2020, Messrs. Eric and Max 
Fuller and Ms. Lisa Quinn Pate, together with certain trusts for the benefit of any of them and certain entities owned 
by any of them, owned all of the outstanding Class B common stock. 

Dividend Policy 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the development and expansion of 
our business, the repayment of debt and for general corporate purposes. Any future determination to pay dividends 
and other distributions will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Such determinations will depend on then-
existing  conditions,  including  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  contractual  restrictions,  including 
restrictive covenants contained in our financing agreements, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of 
Directors may deem relevant. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans 

See “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of this Annual Report for certain information concerning shares of our 
Class A and Class B common stock authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

We did not purchase any of our Class A or Class B common stock during the year ended December 31, 2019. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be 
read in conjunction with “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
and the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Annual Report. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues 
Income from operations (1) 
Net income (loss) (2) 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
controlling interest 
Basic earnings (loss) per share 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 
Operating ratio 

Total assets  
Total debt, including finance lease 
obligations and current portion 
Stockholders' equity (deficit) 

As of December 31, 

2019 
  $ 1,707,361  
 26,070  
 (3,043)  

2018 
$ 1,804,915  
 78,906  
 26,106  

2017 
$  1,555,385  
 28,608  
 (3,937) 

2016 
$ 1,451,205  
 27,731  
 (15,974) 

2015 
$  1,541,103  
 47,613  
 4,692  

 (3,647)  
 (0.07)  
 (0.07)  
 98.5 %    

 24,899  
 0.84  
 0.83  
 95.6 %    

 (4,060) 
 (0.64) 
 (0.64) 
 98.2 %    

 (16,524) 
 (2.59) 
 (2.59) 
 98.1 %    

 4,102  
 0.64  
 0.64  
 96.9 %

   1,140,109  

 910,487  

 820,571  

 639,431  

 776,495  

 394,821  
 230,836  

 424,566  
 238,387  

 605,538  
 (41,105) 

 431,022  
 (37,168) 

 488,390  
 (21,194) 

(1) During the 4th quarter of 2018, we incurred an impairment charge of $10.7 million related to our disposition 

of Xpress Internacional interest in January 2019 

(2) During the 4th quarter of 2019, we incurred an impairment charge of $6.8 million related to our note receivable 

from Arnold. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together 
with “Business” in this Annual Report, as well as the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes 
in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those 
set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements” of this Annual Report, 
and elsewhere in this report. These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to 
risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed. 

Overview 

We  believe  we  are  the  fifth  largest  asset-based  truckload  carrier  in  the  United  States  by  revenue,  generating  over 
$1.7 billion in total operating revenue in 2019. We provide services primarily throughout the United States, with a 
focus in the densely populated and economically diverse eastern half of the United States. We offer customers a broad 
portfolio of services using our own truckload fleet and third-party carriers through our non-asset-based truck brokerage 
network. As of December 31, 2019, our fleet consisted of approximately 6,900 tractors and approximately 15,500 
trailers, including approximately 2,000 tractors provided by independent contractors. All of our tractors have been 
equipped with electronic logs since 2012, and our systems and network are engineered for compliance with the recent 
federal electronic log mandate. Our terminal network infrastructure is established and capable of handling significantly 
larger volumes without meaningful additional investment. 

For much of our history, we focused primarily on scaling our fleet and expanding our service offerings to support 
sustainable, multi-faceted relationships with customers. More recently, we have focused on our core service offerings 
and refined our network to focus on shorter, more profitable lanes with more density, which we believe are more 
attractive  to  drivers.  Over  the  last  five years,  we  have  recruited  and  developed  new  executive  and  operational 
management teams with significant industry experience and instilled a new culture of professional management. These 
changes,  which  are  ongoing,  were  reflected  in  our  2018  and  the  first  quarter  of  2019  financial  results  where  we 
delivered the highest earnings of any first quarter in the history of the Company. During the second through fourth 
quarters of 2019, the freight market we experienced was challenging driven by excess capacity as a result of more 
favorable market conditions in 2018. This supply-demand imbalance severely pressured spot pricing during this time, 
which  adversely  impacted  parts  of  our  business.  We  believe  the  pricing  environment  was  further  impacted  by 
unprecedented and unsustainable rate competition from digital freight brokers. Looking forward over the longer term, 
we expect conditions to firm in the second half of 2020, as capacity slowly exits the market, including in response to 
the implementation of the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse in the first quarter of 2020, other regulatory constraints, 
and  increasing  insurance  premiums  that  could  cause  smaller  carriers  to  exit  the  market.    We  believe  we  have  the 
strategy, management team, revenue base, modern fleet, and capital structure that position us very well to execute 
upon our initiatives, drive further operational gains, and deliver long term value for our stockholders. For 2020 we are 

37 

 
 
    
 
 
    
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
focused on three main priorities. The first is optimizing our Truckload network and resulting average revenue per 
tractor per week through repositioning equipment and allocating capacity between our Dedicated and Over-the-Road 
(“OTR”) service offerings. The second is improving the experience of our professional truck drivers, including their 
safety and security. And, the third is advancing our technology initiatives centered on digitization of our loads and 
business, automated load acceptance and prioritization, and our goal of achieving a frictionless order. 

Total revenue for 2019 decreased by $97.6 million to $1.7 billion as compared to 2018. The decrease was primarily a 
result of a 23.5% decrease in Brokerage revenue to $185.9 million, and a $13.9 million decrease in fuel surcharge 
revenue partially offset by an increase in average tractors combined with increased miscellaneous revenue. Excluding 
the impact of fuel surcharge revenue, revenue decreased $83.6 million to $1.5 billion, a decrease of 5.2% as compared 
to the prior year. Our Mexico operations accounted for $2.4 million of our total operating revenue for 2019, compared 
to $53.4 million in 2018. 

Operating income for 2019 was $26.1 million compared to the $78.9 million achieved in 2018. We delivered a 98.5% 
operating ratio for the year which is an increase relative to the 95.6% operating ratio reported in 2018. Our profitability 
declined largely as a result of the challenging market conditions described above. Our OTR fleet saw revenue per 
tractor per week decline 9.2% from $3,917 in 2018 to $3,558 in 2019. This degradation was partially offset by progress 
in our Dedicated fleet which saw revenue per tractor per week increase 7.8% to $4,007 in 2019 from 2018. In addition, 
driver pay increased approximately $0.05 cents per mile compared to the prior year as a result of inflation and lower 
utilization. 

We are continuing to focus on our driver centric initiatives, such as increased miles and modern equipment, to both 
retain the professional drivers who have chosen to partner with us and attract new professional drivers to our team. In 
an  effort  to  improve  driver  satisfaction  we  created  a  new  driver  development  program.  This  program  provides 
continuous  learning  opportunities  for  our  drivers  with  the  goal  of  providing  the  knowledge,  skills  and  abilities 
necessary for a successful career. While still early in its implementation, we are seeing positive results from those 
drivers who have completed this training versus those who have not. We are optimistic that, over time, this training 
will  improve  our  drivers’  satisfaction  and  retention  while  also  reducing  their  accident  rate  and  the  Company’s 
insurance and claims expense. We will continue to focus on implementing and executing our initiatives that we expect 
will continue to drive sustainable improved performance over time. 

Our  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  included  in  this 
document  generally  discusses  2019  and  2018  items  and  year-to-year  comparisons  between  2019  and  2018. 
Discussions of 2017 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2018 and 2017 that are not included in this document 
can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part 
II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. 

Reportable Segments 

Our business is organized into two reportable segments, Truckload and Brokerage. Our Truckload segment offers 
truckload services, including OTR trucking and dedicated contract services. Our OTR service offering transports a 
full trailer of freight for a single customer from origin to destination, typically without intermediate stops or handling 
pursuant  to  short-term  contracts  and  spot  moves  that  include  irregular  route  moves  without  volume  and  capacity 
commitments. Tractors are operated with a solo driver or, when handling more time-sensitive, higher-margin freight, 
a team of two drivers. Our dedicated contract service offering provides similar freight transportation services, but with 
contractually assigned equipment, drivers and on-site personnel to address customers’ needs for committed capacity 
and service levels pursuant to multi-year contracts with guaranteed volumes and pricing. Our Brokerage segment is 
principally engaged in non-asset-based freight brokerage services, where loads are contracted to third-party carriers. 

Truckload Segment 

In our Truckload segment, we generate revenue by transporting freight for our customers in our OTR and dedicated 
contract  service  offerings.  Our  OTR  service  offering  provides  solo  and  expedited  team  services  through  one-way 
movements of freight over routes throughout the United States. While we primarily operate in the eastern half of the 
United  States,  we  provide  services  into  and  out  of  Mexico.  In  January  2019,  we  sold  our  interest  in  Xpress 
Internacional.  Even  following  our  sale  of  Xpress  Internacional,  we  expect  to  have  business  to  and  from  Mexico 
through a more variable cost model using third party carriers. Our dedicated contract service offering devotes the use 
of  equipment  to  specific  customers  and  provides  services  through  long-term  contracts.  Our  Truckload  segment 
provides services that are geographically diversified but have similar economic and other relevant characteristics, as 
they all provide truckload carrier services of general commodities and durable goods to similar classes of customers. 
38 

 
 
We are typically paid a predetermined rate per load or per mile for our Truckload services. We enhance our revenue 
by charging for tractor and trailer detention, loading and unloading activities and other specialized services. Consistent 
with industry practice, our typical customer contracts (other than those contracts in which we have agreed to dedicate 
certain tractor and trailer capacity for use by specific customers) do not guarantee load levels or tractor availability. 
This gives us and our customers a certain degree of flexibility to negotiate rates up or down in response to changes in 
freight  demand  and  trucking  capacity.  In  our  dedicated  contract  service  offering,  which  comprised  approximately 
41.3% of our Truckload operating revenue, and approximately 42.1% of our Truckload revenue, before fuel surcharge, 
for 2019, we provide service under contracts with fixed terms, volumes and rates. Dedicated contracts are often used 
by our customers with high-service and high-priority freight, sometimes to replace private fleets previously operated 
by them. We expect to grow our dedicated business as a percentage of our average tractors. 

Generally,  in  our  Truckload  segment,  we  receive  fuel  surcharges  on  the  miles  for  which  we  are  compensated  by 
customers. Fuel surcharge revenue mitigates the effect of price increases over a negotiated base rate per gallon of fuel; 
however, these revenues may not fully protect us from all fuel price increases. Our fuel surcharges to customers may 
not fully recover all fuel increases due to engine idle time, out-of-route miles and non-revenue generating miles that 
are not generally billable to the customer, as well as to the extent the surcharge paid by the customer is insufficient. 
The main factors that affect fuel surcharge revenue are the price of diesel fuel and the number of revenue miles we 
generate. Although our surcharge programs vary by customer, we generally attempt to negotiate an additional penny 
per mile charge for every five-cent increase in the U.S. Department of Energy’s (the “DOE”) national average diesel 
fuel index over an agreed baseline price. Our fuel surcharges are billed on a lagging basis, meaning we typically bill 
customers in the current week based on a previous week’s applicable index. Therefore, in times of increasing fuel 
prices, we do not recover as much as we are currently paying for fuel. In periods of declining prices, the opposite is 
true. Based on the current status of our empty miles percentage and the fuel efficiency of our tractors, we believe that 
our fuel surcharge recovery is effective. 

The main factors that affect our operating revenue in our Truckload segment are the average revenue per mile we 
receive from our customers, the percentage of miles for which we are compensated and the number of shipments and 
miles we generate. Our primary measures of revenue generation for our Truckload segment are average revenue per 
loaded  mile  and  average  revenue  miles  per  tractor  per  period,  in  each  case  excluding  fuel  surcharge  revenue  and 
revenue and miles from services in Mexico.  

In  our  Truckload  segment,  our  most  significant  operating  expenses  vary  with  miles  traveled  and  include  (i) fuel, 
(ii) driver-related  expenses,  such  as  wages,  benefits,  training  and  recruitment  and  (iii) costs  associated  with 
independent  contractors  (which  are  primarily  included  in  the  “Purchased  transportation”  line  item).  Expenses  that 
have both fixed and variable components include maintenance and tire expense and our total cost of insurance and 
claims. These expenses generally vary with the miles we travel, but also have a controllable component based on 
safety, fleet age, efficiency and other factors. Our main fixed costs include vehicle rent and depreciation of long-term 
assets, such as revenue equipment and service center facilities, the compensation of non-driver personnel and other 
general and administrative expenses. 

Our Truckload segment requires substantial capital expenditures for purchase of new revenue equipment. We use a 
combination of operating leases and secured financing to acquire tractors and trailers, which we refer to as revenue 
equipment. When we finance revenue equipment acquisitions with operating leases, we record an operating lease right 
of use asset and an operating lease liability on our consolidated balance sheet, and the lease payments in respect of 
such equipment are reflected in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the line item “Vehicle 
rents.” When we finance revenue equipment acquisitions with secured financing, the asset and liability are recorded 
on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet,  and  we  record  expense  under  “Depreciation  and  amortization”  and  “Interest 
expense.”  Typically,  the  aggregate  monthly  payments  are  similar  under  operating  lease  financing  and  secured 
financing. We use a mix of finance leases and operating leases with individual decisions being based on competitive 
bids,  tax  projections  and  contractual  restrictions.  We  expect  our  vehicle  rents,  depreciation  and  amortization  and 
interest expense will be impacted by changes in the percentage of our revenue equipment acquired through operating 
leases  versus  equipment  owned  or  acquired  through  finance  leases.  Because  of  the  inverse  relationship  between 
vehicle rents and depreciation and amortization, we review both line items together. 

Approximately  28%  of  our  total  tractor  fleet  was  operated  by  independent  contractors  at  December  31,  2019. 
Independent  contractors  provide  a  tractor  and  a  driver  and  are  responsible  for  all  of  the  costs  of  operating  their 
equipment  and  drivers,  including  interest  and  depreciation,  vehicle  rents,  driver  compensation,  fuel  and  other 
expenses, in exchange for a fixed payment per mile or percentage of revenue per invoice plus a fuel surcharge pass-
through.  Payments  to  independent  contractors  are  recorded  in  the  “Purchased  transportation”  line  item.  When 
independent contractors increase as a percentage of our total tractor fleet, our “Purchased transportation” line item 
39 

 
typically will increase, with offsetting reductions in employee driver wages and related expenses, net of fuel (assuming 
all other factors remain equal). The reverse is true when the percentage of our total fleet operated by company drivers 
increases. 

Brokerage Segment 

In our Brokerage segment, we retain the customer relationship, including billing and collection, and we outsource the 
transportation  of  the  loads  to  third-party  carriers.  For  this  segment,  we  rely  on  brokerage  employees  to  procure 
third-party carriers, as well as information systems to match loads and carriers. 

Our Brokerage segment revenue is mainly affected by the rates we obtain from customers, the freight volumes we 
ship through our third-party carriers and our ability to secure third-party carriers to transport customer freight. We 
generally do not have contracted long-term rates for the cost of third-party carriers, and we cannot assure that our 
results of operations will not be adversely impacted in the future if our ability to obtain third-party carriers changes or 
the rates of such providers increase. 

The  most  significant  expense  of  our  Brokerage  segment,  which  is  primarily  variable,  is  the  cost  of  purchased 
transportation that we pay to third-party carriers, and is included in the “Purchased transportation” line item. This 
expense  generally  varies  depending  upon  truckload  capacity,  availability  of  third-party  carriers,  rates  charged  to 
customers and current freight demand and customer shipping needs. Other operating expenses are generally fixed and 
primarily include the compensation and benefits of non-driver personnel (which are recorded in the “Salaries, wages 
and benefits” line item) and depreciation and amortization expense. 

The key performance indicator in our Brokerage segment is gross margin percentage (which is calculated as brokerage 
revenue  less  purchased  transportation  expense  expressed  as  a percentage  of  total  operating  revenue).  Gross 
margin percentage can be impacted by the rates charged to customers and the costs of securing third-party carriers. 

Our Brokerage segment does not require significant capital expenditures and is not asset-intensive like our Truckload 
segment. 

Results of Operations 

Revenue

We  generate  revenue  from  two  primary  sources:  transporting  freight  for  our  customers  (including  related  fuel 
surcharge  revenue)  and  arranging  for  the  transportation  of  customer  freight  by  third-party  carriers.  We  have  two 
reportable segments: our Truckload segment and our Brokerage segment. Truckload revenue, before fuel surcharge 
and truckload fuel surcharge are primarily generated through trucking services provided by our two Truckload service 
offerings  (OTR  and  dedicated  contract).  Brokerage  revenue  is  primarily  generated  through  brokering  freight  to 
third-party carriers. 

Our  total  operating  revenue  is  affected  by  certain  factors  that  relate  to,  among  other  things,  the  general  level  of 
economic activity in the United States, customer inventory levels, specific customer demand, the level of capacity in 
the truckload and brokerage industry, the success of our marketing and sales efforts and the availability of drivers, 
independent contractors and third-party carriers. 

A summary of our revenue generated by type for the periods indicated is as follows: 

Revenue, before fuel surcharge 
Fuel surcharge 
Total operating revenue 

Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

  $ 1,538,450   $ 1,622,083  
 182,832  
  $ 1,707,361   $ 1,804,915  

 168,911  

For 2019, our total operating revenue decreased by $97.6 million, or 5.4%, compared to 2018, and our revenue, before 
fuel surcharge decreased by $83.6 million, or 5.2%. Our Mexico operations accounted for $2.4 million of our total 
operating revenue for 2019, compared to $53.4 million in 2018. The primary factors driving the decreases in total 
operating revenue and revenue, before fuel surcharge, excluding our Mexico operations, were decreased volumes and 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
pricing in our Brokerage segment, decreased fuel surcharge revenues and decreased miles per tractor in our Truckload 
segment partially offset by increased average tractors combined with increased miscellaneous revenues. 

A summary of our revenue generated by segment for the periods indicated is as follows: 

Truckload revenue, before fuel surcharge 
Fuel surcharge 

Total Truckload operating revenue 

Brokerage operating revenue 
Total operating revenue 

Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

  $ 1,352,583   $ 1,379,266  
 182,832  
   1,562,098  
 242,817  
  $ 1,707,361   $ 1,804,915  

 168,911  
   1,521,494  
 185,867  

In 2018, our operations in Mexico represented approximately 3%, of our revenue, excluding fuel surcharge. In January 
2019, we sold our interest in Xpress Internacional. Even following our sale of Xpress Internacional, we expect to have 
business to and from Mexico through a more variable cost model using third party carriers. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  our  key  Truckload  segment  performance  indicators,  before  fuel  surcharge  and 
excluding miles from services in Mexico, for the periods indicated. Average tractors, average company-owned tractors 
and average independent contractor tractors exclude tractors in Mexico. 

Over the road 

Average revenue per tractor per week 
Average revenue per mile 
Average revenue miles per tractor per week 
Average tractors 

Dedicated  

Average revenue per tractor per week 
Average revenue per mile 
Average revenue miles per tractor per week 
Average tractors 

Consolidated 

Average revenue per tractor per week 
Average revenue per mile 
Average revenue miles per tractor per week 
Average tractors 

Year Ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

  $   3,558   $   3,917 
  $   1.949   $   2.041 
    1,919 
    3,562 

    1,825  
    3,712  

  $   4,007   $   3,717 
  $   2.375   $   2.259 
    1,645 
    2,701 

    1,687  
    2,727  

  $   3,748   $   3,831 
  $   2.122   $   2.127 
    1,801 
    6,263 

    1,767  
    6,439  

For 2019, our Truckload revenue, before fuel surcharge decreased by $26.7 million, or 1.9%, compared to 2018. Our 
Mexico operations accounted for $2.4 million of our Truckload revenue for 2019, compared to $53.4 million in 2018. 
The primary factors driving the changes in Truckload revenue, excluding Mexico operations, were a 1.9% decrease 
in average revenue miles per tractor and a slight decrease in revenue per loaded mile primarily due to a greater than 
30% decrease in spot rates partially offset by an approximate 4.5% increase in our contractual rate, an increase of 
$16.5 million in miscellaneous revenue, and a 2.8% increase in average available tractors. Fuel surcharge revenue 
decreased by $13.9 million, or 7.6%, to $168.9 million, compared with $182.8 million in 2018. The DOE national 
weekly average fuel price per gallon averaged approximately $0.12 per gallon lower for 2019 compared to 2018. The 
decrease in fuel surcharge revenue primarily relates to decreased fuel prices offset by a slight increase in revenue 
miles compared to 2018. 

The  key  performance  indicator  of  our  Brokerage  segment  is  gross  margin  percentage  (brokerage  revenue  less 
purchased transportation expense expressed as a percentage of total operating revenue). Gross margin percentage can 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
be impacted by the rates charged to customers and the costs of securing third-party carriers. The following table lists 
the gross margin percentage for our Brokerage segment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Gross margin percentage 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2018 

      2019 

 12.9 %     13.4 %

For 2019, our Brokerage revenue decreased by $57.0 million, or 23.5%, compared to 2018. The primary factors driving 
the decrease in Brokerage revenue were a 15.1% decrease in load count combined with a 9.8% decrease in average 
revenue per load. We experienced a decrease in our gross margin to 12.9% in 2019, compared to 13.4% in 2018. 
During the fourth quarter of 2019 we experienced pressure on our Brokerage gross margins as a result of capacity 
tightening, which increased our cost on a per load basis.  Additionally, in an effort to increase our truckload rate per 
mile, we procured contractual business at prices that were at a premium to the spot market but a discount to current 
contractual rates.  The combination of lower revenue per load with a higher cost per load due to these two factors led 
to a decrease in gross margins.  We anticipate continued pressure on our brokerage gross margins in 2020. 

Operating Expenses 

For comparison purposes in the discussion below, we use total operating revenue and revenue, before fuel surcharge 
when discussing changes as a percentage of revenue. As it relates to the comparison of expenses to revenue, before 
fuel surcharge, we believe that removing fuel surcharge revenue, which is sometimes a volatile source of revenue 
affords a more consistent basis for comparing the results of operations from period-to-period. 

Individual  expense  line  items  as  a percentage  of  total  operating  revenue  also  are  affected  by  fluctuations  in 
the percentage of our revenue generated by independent contractor and brokerage loads.  

Salaries, wages, and related expenses 

Salaries, wages and benefits consist primarily of compensation for all employees. Salaries, wages and benefits are 
primarily affected by the total number of miles driven by company drivers, the rate per mile we pay our company 
drivers, employee benefits such as health care and workers’ compensation, and to a lesser extent by the number of, 
and compensation and benefits paid to, non-driver employees. 

The following is a summary of our salaries, wages and benefits for the periods indicated: 

Salaries, wages and benefits 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 
(dollars in thousands)  

2018 

  $  530,885    $ 535,994  

 31.1 %   
 34.5 %    

 29.7 %
 33.0 % 

For 2019, salaries, wages and benefits decreased $5.1 million, or 1.0%, compared with 2018. Our Mexican operations 
accounted for $0.5 million in salaries, wages and benefits in 2019, compared to $12.1 million in 2018. Our driver 
wages increased slightly due to increased driver pay on a per mile basis as a result of higher incentive-based pay and 
lower utilization as compared to 2018. In addition to the decrease related to our Mexico operations, during 2019 we 
also  had  decreases  related  to  $6.4  million  of  lower  compensation  expense  related  to  the  payout  of  our  stock 
appreciation rights and IPO bonuses during the second quarter of 2018 offset by the $4.0 million gain on life insurance 
in  the  third  quarter  of  2018.  During  2019,  our  group  health  and  workers’  compensation  expense  increased 
approximately  5.6%,  due  to  increased  group  health  claims  expense  offset  by  positive  trends  in  our  workers’ 
compensation claims compared to 2018. In the near term, we believe salaries, wages and benefits will increase as a 
result  of  a  tight  driver  market,  wage  inflation  and  higher  healthcare  costs.  As  a percentage  of  revenue,  we  expect 
salaries, wages and benefits will fluctuate based on our ability to generate offsetting increases in average revenue per 
total mile and the percentage of revenue generated by independent contractors and brokerage operations, for which 
payments are reflected in the “Purchased transportation” line item. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Fuel and fuel taxes 

Fuel and fuel taxes consist primarily of diesel fuel expense and fuel taxes for our company-owned and leased tractors. 
The primary factors affecting our fuel and fuel taxes expense are the cost of diesel fuel, the miles per gallon we realize 
with our equipment and the number of miles driven by company drivers.  

We believe that the most effective protection against net fuel cost increases in the near term is to maintain an effective 
fuel surcharge program and to operate a fuel-efficient fleet by incorporating fuel efficiency measures, such as auxiliary 
heating  units,  installation  of  aerodynamic  devices  on  tractors  and  trailers  and  low‑rolling  resistance  tires  on  our 
tractors, engine idle limitations and computer-optimized fuel-efficient routing of our fleet. 

The following is a summary of our fuel and fuel taxes for the periods indicated: 

Fuel and fuel taxes 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 

2018 

  $ 189,800  

 (dollars in thousands) 
$ 227,525  

 11.1 %   
 12.3 %    

 12.6 %  
 14.0 %  

For 2019, fuel and fuel taxes decreased $37.7 million, or 16.6%, compared with 2018. The decrease in fuel and fuel 
taxes was primarily the result of a 5.4% decrease in company driver miles, a $10.6 million decrease due to the divesture 
of our Mexico business, a 3.3% increase in our average miles per gallon and the DOE fuel price per gallon decrease 
of 3.8% compared to 2018. 

To  measure  the  effectiveness  of  our  fuel  surcharge  program,  we  calculate  “net  fuel  expense”  by  subtracting  fuel 
surcharge revenue (other than the fuel surcharge revenue we reimburse to independent contractors, which is included 
in  purchased  transportation)  from  our  fuel  expense.  Our  net  fuel  expense  as  a  percentage  of  revenue,  before  fuel 
surcharge, is affected by the cost of diesel fuel net of surcharge collection, the percentage of miles driven by company 
tractors and our percentage of non-revenue generating miles, for which we do not receive fuel surcharge revenues. 
Net fuel expense as a percentage of revenue, before fuel surcharge, is shown below: 

Total fuel surcharge revenue 
Less: fuel surcharge revenue reimbursed to independent 
contractors 
Company fuel surcharge revenue 
Total fuel and fuel taxes 
Less: company fuel surcharge revenue 
Net fuel expense 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 

2018 

(dollars in thousands) 

  $ 168,911  

$ 182,832  

    46,862  
  $ 122,049  
  $ 189,800  
   122,049  
  $  67,751  

    41,898  
$ 140,934  
$ 227,525  
   140,934  
$  86,591  

 4.0 %   
 4.4 %    

 4.8 %
 5.3 % 

For 2019, net fuel expense decreased $18.8 million, or 21.8%, compared with 2018. During 2019, the decrease in net 
fuel expenses was primarily the result of a $10.6 million decrease due to the divesture of our Mexico business, a 5.4% 
decrease in company driver miles, and a 3.3% increase in average miles per gallon, offset by increased fuel surcharge 
paid  to  independent  contractors.  Independent  contractors  accounted  for  27.3%  of  the  average  tractors  available 
compared to 22.1% in 2018. In the near term, our net fuel expense is expected to fluctuate as a percentage of total 
operating  revenue  and  revenue,  before  fuel  surcharge,  based  on  factors  such  as  diesel  fuel  prices,  the percentage 
recovered from fuel surcharge programs, the percentage of uncompensated miles, the percentage of revenue generated 
by  independent  contractors,  the percentage  of  revenue  generated  by  team-driven  tractors  (which  tend  to  generate 
higher miles and lower revenue per mile, thus proportionately more fuel cost as a percentage of revenue). 

Vehicle Rents and Depreciation and Amortization 

Vehicle rents consist primarily of payments for tractors and trailers financed with operating leases. The primary factors 
affecting this expense item include the size and age of our tractor and trailer fleets, the cost of new equipment and the 
relative percentage of owned versus leased equipment. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Depreciation and amortization consists primarily of depreciation for owned tractors and trailers. The primary factors 
affecting these expense items include the size and age of our tractor and trailer fleets, the cost of new equipment and 
the relative percentage of owned equipment and equipment acquired through debt or finance leases versus equipment 
leased through operating leases. We use a mix of finance leases and operating leases to finance our revenue equipment 
with individual decisions being based on competitive bids and tax projections. Gains or losses realized on the sale of 
owned revenue equipment are included in depreciation and amortization for reporting purposes. 

Vehicle rents and depreciation and amortization are closely related because both line items fluctuate depending on the 
relative percentage  of  owned  equipment  and  equipment  acquired  through  finance  leases  versus  equipment  leased 
through operating leases. Vehicle rents increase with greater amounts of equipment acquired through operating leases, 
while  depreciation  and  amortization  increases  with  greater  amounts  of  owned  equipment  and  equipment  acquired 
through finance leases. Because of the inverse relationship between vehicle rents and depreciation and amortization, 
we review both line items together. 

The following is a summary of our vehicle rents and depreciation and amortization for the periods indicated: 

Vehicle rents 
Depreciation and amortization, net of (gains) losses on sale of 
property 
Vehicle rents and depreciation and amortization of property 
and equipment 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 

2018 

(dollars in thousands) 

  $   80,064  

$  78,639  

    94,337  

    97,954  

  $  174,401  

$ 176,593  

 10.2 %   
 11.3 %    

 9.8 %
 10.9 % 

For 2019, vehicle rents increased $1.4 million, or 1.8%, compared to 2018. The increase in vehicle rents was primarily 
due to increased trailers financed under operating leases compared to 2018. Depreciation and amortization decreased 
$3.6 million, or 3.7%, compared to 2018. The decrease in depreciation and amortization is primarily due to a decrease 
in loss on sale of property and equipment of $3.3 million compared to 2018. This reduction in our loss was primarily 
the result of a $2.7 million gain related to the sale of our Laredo terminal and a $1.2 million gain related to a sale 
leaseback transaction.  Both of these transactions were executed in the fourth quarter of 2019. Looking forward to 
2020, excluding any change in our percentage allocation of owned versus leased equipment due to available financing 
terms, we expect to spend approximately $140.0 to $150.0 million in net capital expenditures which will keep the 
average age of our equipment relatively constant. The balance of our equipment procurement will be funded through 
operating leases. 

Purchased Transportation 

Purchased  transportation  consists  of  the  payments  we  make  to  independent  contractors,  including  fuel  surcharge 
reimbursements paid to independent contractors, in our Truckload segment, and payments to third-party carriers in 
our Brokerage segment. 

The following is a summary of our purchased transportation for the periods indicated: 

Purchased transportation 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 

2018 

(dollars in thousands) 

  $  481,589  

$ 481,945  

 28.2 %   
 31.3 %    

 26.7 %
 29.7 % 

For  2019,  purchased  transportation  decreased  $0.3  million,  or  0.1%,  compared  to  2018.  The  change  in  purchased 
transportation was primarily due to a $57.0 million decrease in Brokerage revenue partially offset by a 27.1% increase 
in  average  independent  contractors  and  a  $5.0  million  increase  in  fuel  surcharge  reimbursement  to  independent 
contractors as compared to 2018. 

Because we reimburse independent contractors for fuel surcharges we receive, we subtract fuel surcharge revenue 
reimbursed to them from our purchased transportation. The result, referred to as purchased transportation, net of fuel 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
surcharge reimbursements, is evaluated as a percentage of total operating revenue and as a percentage of revenue, 
before fuel surcharge, as shown below: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 
 (dollars in thousands) 

2018 

Purchased transportation 
Less: fuel surcharge revenue reimbursed to independent 
contractors 
    46,862  
Purchased transportation, net of fuel surcharge reimbursement    $  434,727  
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

  $  481,589  

 25.5 %    
 28.3 %     

$ 481,945  

    41,898  
$ 440,047  

 24.4 %
 27.1 % 

For 2019, purchased transportation, net of fuel surcharge reimbursement, decreased $5.3 million, or 1.2%, compared 
to 2018. This decrease was primarily due to the $57.0 million decrease in Brokerage revenue offset by the 27.1% 
increase in average independent contractors compared to 2018. This expense category will fluctuate with the number 
and percentage  of  loads  hauled  by  independent  contractors  and  third-party  carriers,  as  well  as  the  amount  of  fuel 
surcharge revenue passed through to independent contractors. If industry-wide trucking capacity continues to tighten 
in relation to freight demand, we may need to increase the amounts we pay to third-party carriers and independent 
contractors, which could increase this expense category on an absolute basis and as a percentage of total operating 
revenue and revenue, before fuel surcharge, absent an offsetting increase in revenue. We continue to actively attempt 
to  expand  our  Brokerage  segment  and  recruit  independent  contractors.  Our  recent  success  in  growing  our  lease-
purchase program and independent contractor drivers have contributed to increased purchased transportation expense. 
If we are successful in continuing these efforts, we would expect this line item to increase as a percentage of total 
operating revenue and revenue, before fuel surcharge. 

Operating Expenses and Supplies 

Operating  expenses  and  supplies  consist  primarily  of  ordinary  vehicle  repairs  and  maintenance  costs,  driver 
on-the-road expenses, tolls and advertising expenses related to driver recruiting. Operating expenses and supplies are 
primarily affected by the age of our company-owned and leased fleet of tractors and trailers, the number of miles 
driven in a period and driver turnover. 

The following is a summary of our operating expenses and supplies for the periods indicated: 

Operating expenses and supplies 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

Year Ended December 31,  
2019 

2018 

(dollars in thousands) 

  $  118,394  

$ 118,064  

 6.9 %   
 7.7 %    

 6.5 %
 7.3 % 

For 2019, operating expenses and supplies increased $0.3 million, or 0.3%, compared to 2018. Our Mexican operations 
accounted for $0.3 million in operating expenses and supplies in 2019, compared to $6.9 million in 2018. The primary 
factors driving the increase in operating expenses and supplies excluding our Mexico operations were increased driver 
hiring and recruiting costs and other operational expenses.  

Insurance Premiums and Claims 

Insurance  premiums  and  claims  consists  primarily  of  retained  amounts  for  liability  (personal  injury  and  property 
damage),  physical  damage  and  cargo  damage,  as  well  as  insurance  premiums.  The  primary  factors  affecting  our 
insurance premiums and claims are the frequency and severity of accidents, trends in the development factors used in 
our actuarial accruals and developments in large, prior year claims. The number of accidents tends to increase with 
the miles we travel. With our significant retained amounts, insurance claims expense may fluctuate significantly and 
impact the cost of insurance premiums and claims from period-to-period, and any increase in frequency or severity of 
claims or adverse loss development of prior period claims would adversely affect our financial condition and results 
of operations. We renewed our liability insurance policies on September 1, 2018 and reduced our deductible to $3.0 
million per occurrence. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
The following is a summary of our insurance premiums and claims expense for the periods indicated: 

  Year Ended December 31,  

Insurance premiums and claims 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

2018 

2019 
(dollars in thousands) 
$ 85,075  

  $ 88,959  

 5.2 %   
 5.8 %    

 4.7 %
 5.2 % 

For 2019, insurance premiums and claims increased $3.9 million, or 4.6%, compared to 2018. Insurance premiums 
and claims increased primarily due to increased physical damage claims primarily as a result of adverse weather in 
the first quarter of 2019 as compared to 2018. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we began installing event recorders 
on our tractors, and we had installed event recorders in substantially all of our tractors in our fleet as of the second 
quarter of 2018. We believe we have an opportunity to reduce our insurance and claims expense over time as a result 
of 1) having completed the installation of event recorders in 2018, 2) the successful launch of our redeveloped driver 
training facilities, and 3) our decision to implement hair follicle testing for all of our drivers in the fourth quarter of 
2019.  While  we  have  not  yet  seen  measurable  financial  results  from  these  initiatives,  we  believe  our  increase  in 
expense in 2019 relative to 2018 would have been greater absent the combination of the above initiatives. 

General and Other Operating Expenses 

General and other operating expenses consist primarily of driver recruiting costs, legal and professional services fees, 
general and administrative expenses and other costs. 

The following is a summary of our general and other operating expenses for the periods indicated: 

  Year Ended December 31,  

General and other operating expenses 
% of total operating revenue 
% of revenue, before fuel surcharge 

2018 

2019 
(dollars in thousands) 
$ 66,412  

  $ 75,317  

 4.4 %   
 4.9 %    

 3.7 %
 4.1 % 

For 2019, general and other operating expenses increased $8.9 million, or 13.4%, compared to 2018. General and 
other  expenses  increased  primarily  due  to  higher  driver  hiring  costs  combined  with  increased  professional  and 
administrative costs partially offset by $5.1 million in lower expenses related to the divesture of our Mexico business. 
We expect general and other operating expenses to increase in the future due in part to higher driver recruiting costs 
related to continued tightening of the driver market. 

Impairment of Equity Method Investments and Note Receivable 

During 2019, we converted $5.0 million of Arnold receivables to a note receivable and advanced an additional $2.0 
million. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.8 million as the collectability of the 
note is remote. 

Interest

Interest expense consists of cash interest, amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing fees and 
purchase commitment interest related to our obligation to acquire the remaining equity interest in Xpress Internacional. 
In January 2019, we sold our equity interest in Xpress Internacional and were relieved of this obligation. 

The following is a summary of our interest expense for the periods indicated: 

Interest expense, excluding non-cash items 
Original issue discount and deferred financing amortization 
Purchase commitment interest 
Interest expense, net 

46 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 
(in thousands) 

   $ 21,000    $  33,330   
 1,728   
 635     
 (192)  
 —     
  $ 21,635   $  34,866  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
For 2019, interest expense decreased $13.2 million, primarily due to 2019 reflecting a full year of our new capital 
structure which resulted from our IPO in June 2018 as compared to 2018 which reflected only six months of the new 
capital structure. In addition, during 2019 we had decreased equipment and revolver borrowings combined with lower 
interest rates related to our term loan compared to 2018. 

Overview

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Our business requires substantial amounts of cash to cover operating expenses as well as to fund capital expenditures, 
working capital changes, principal and interest payments on our obligations, lease payments, letters of credit to support 
insurance requirements and tax payments when we generate taxable income. Recently, we have financed our capital 
requirements  with  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility,  cash  flows  from  operating  activities,  direct  equipment 
financing, operating leases and proceeds from equipment sales. 

We make substantial net capital expenditures to maintain a modern company tractor fleet, refresh our trailer fleet and 
strategically expand our fleet. During 2020, we currently plan to replace owned tractors with new owned tractors as 
they reach approximately 475,000 miles. Additionally, we expect to replace our tractor lease maturities with a mix of 
owned  and  leased  replacements  as  we  convert  a  portion  of  our  leased  tractors  to  owned.  As  a  result  of  our  2020 
replacement cycle, we expect the average age of our tractor fleet to decline to approximately 1.6 years as we exit the 
year.  Our  mix  of  owned  and  leased  equipment  may  vary  over  time  due  to  tax  treatment,  financing  options  and 
flexibility of terms, among other factors. 

We believe we can fund our expected cash needs, including debt repayment, in the short-term with projected cash 
flows from operating activities, borrowings under our Credit Facility and direct debt and lease financing we believe 
to be available for at least the next 12 months. Over the long-term, we expect that we will continue to have significant 
capital requirements, which may require us to seek additional borrowings, lease financing or equity capital. We have 
obtained a significant portion of our revenue equipment under operating leases, which are not reflected as net capital 
expenditures but are recorded as operating lease liabilities on our balance sheet. The availability of financing and 
equity  capital  will  depend  upon  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  as  well  as  prevailing  market 
conditions. 

Sources of Liquidity 

Credit Facility 

In June 2018, we entered into a credit facility that contained a $150.0 million revolving facility and a $200.0 million 
term facility. At December 31, 2019, the revolving facility had issued collateralized letters of credit in the face amount 
of $32.7 million, with $0 borrowings outstanding and $117.3 million available to borrow and the term facility had 
$150.0 million outstanding. Our former credit facility was set to mature on June 18, 2023. 

On January 28, 2020, we entered into the Credit Facility and contemporaneously with the funding of the Credit Facility 
paid off obligations under our then existing credit facility and terminated such facility. The Credit Facility is a $250.0 
million revolving credit facility, with an uncommitted accordion feature that, so long as no event of default exists, 
allows the Company to request an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $75.0 million. 

The Credit Facility is a five-year facility scheduled to terminate on January 28, 2025.  Borrowings under the Credit 
Facility are classified as either “base rate loans” or “eurodollar rate loans”.  Base rate loans accrue interest at a base 
rate equal to the highest of (A) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (B) the Agent’s prime rate, and (C) LIBOR plus 
1.00% plus an applicable margin that is set at 0.50% through June 30, 2020 and adjusted quarterly thereafter between 
0.25% and 0.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to the daily average of 
the lesser of the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility.  Eurodollar rate loans accrue interest at LIBOR plus 
an applicable margin that is set at 1.50% through June 30, 2020 and adjusted quarterly thereafter between 1.25% and 
1.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to the daily average of the lesser of 
the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility.  The Credit Facility includes, within its $250.0 million revolving 
credit facility, a letter of credit sub-facility in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million and a swingline sub-facility in an 
aggregate amount of $25.0 million.  An unused line fee of 0.25% is applied to the average daily amount by which the 
lenders’ aggregate revolving commitments exceed the outstanding principal amount of revolver loans and aggregate 
undrawn amount of all outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility.  The Credit Facility is secured by 

47 

 
a  pledge  of  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets,  excluding,  among  other  things,  any  real  estate  or  revenue 
equipment financed outside the Credit Facility. 

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject to a borrowing base limited to the lesser of (A) $250.0 million; or 
(B) the sum of (i) 87.5% of eligible billed accounts receivable, plus (ii) 85.0% of eligible unbilled accounts receivable 
(less than 30 days), plus (iii) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value percentage applied to the net book value of 
eligible revenue equipment, plus (iv) the lesser of (a) 80.0% the fair market value of eligible real estate or (b) $25.0 
million. The Credit Facility contains a single springing financial covenant, which requires a consolidated fixed charge 
coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0.  The financial covenant is tested only in the event excess availability under the 
Credit Facility is less than the greater of (A) 10.0% of the lesser of the borrowing base or revolving credit facility or 
(B) $20.0 million.  

The Credit Facility includes usual and customary events of default for a facility of this nature and provides that, upon 
the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, payment of all amounts payable under the Credit Facility may 
be accelerated, and the lenders’ commitments may be terminated.  The Credit Facility contains certain restrictions and 
covenants relating to, among other things, dividends, liens, acquisitions and dispositions, affiliate transactions, and 
other indebtedness. 

See Notes 9 and 10 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding our 
debt and leases, respectively. 

Cash Flows 

Our summary statements of cash flows for the periods indicated are set forth in the table below: 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 

Operating Activities 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

  $ 103,749   $  112,347 
   (166,089)
 66,186 

   (81,630) 
   (38,108) 

For 2019, we generated cash flows from operating activities of $103.7 million, a decrease of $8.6 million compared 
to 2018. The decrease was due primarily to a $47.5 million decrease in net income adjusted for noncash items, partially 
offset by a $31.4 decrease in our operating assets and liabilities and a $7.5 million interest paid in kind decrease. Our 
operating assets and liabilities decreased $31.4 million during 2019, as compared to 2018, due in part to increased 
accounts receivable collections, and decreased payments for accounts payable and other accrued liabilities partially 
offset by an increase in accrued wages and benefit payments related to timing of payments. Our net income adjusted 
for  noncash  items  decreased  in  part  due  to  decreased  revenue  per  tractor,  decreased  gross  margins  within  our 
Brokerage segment combined with increased driver wages and equipment costs partially offset by decreased interest 
expense. 

Investing Activities 

For 2019, net cash flows used in investing activities were $81.6 million, a decrease of $84.5 million compared to 2018. 
This decrease is primarily the result of decreased equipment purchases as compared to 2018 combined with increased 
proceeds from sale of property and equipment. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received proceeds in the amount 
of $31.6 million related to a terminal sale and a sale leaseback transaction. We expect our net capital expenditures for 
calendar year 2020 will approximate $140.0 million to $150.0 million to execute our equipment replacement strategy 
and will be financed with cash from operations, borrowings on our line of credit and secured debt financing. 

Financing Activities 

For  2019,  net  cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  were  $38.1  million,  compared  to  $66.2  million  provided  by 
financing activities in 2018. The change is primarily due to increased debt repayments in excess of debt borrowings 
and IPO funds combined with the purchase of the remaining 10% of Total Transportation for $8.7 million as compared 
to the same period in 2018. During June of 2018, we completed our IPO and received approximately $246.6 million 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
in cash net of expenses. The proceeds from the IPO were primarily used to pay down existing debt resulting in a net 
decrease of $236.2 million 

Working Capital 

As of December 31, 2019, we had a working capital deficit of $48.8 million, representing a $70.1 million decrease in 
our working  capital  from  December 31, 2018. Our  current  liabilities  increased  by $69.9  million  as  a result of  the 
adoption of the new lease standard. When we analyze our working capital, we typically exclude balloon payments in 
the  current  maturities  of  long-term  debt  as  these  payments  are  typically  either  funded  with  the  proceeds  from 
equipment  sales  or  addressed  by  extending  the  maturity  of  such  payments.  We  believe  this  facilitates  a  more 
meaningful analysis of our changes in working capital from period-to-period. Excluding balloon payments included 
in current maturities of long-term debt and the current portion of our operating lease liability as of December 31, 2019, 
we  had  a  working  capital  surplus  of  $36.8  million,  compared  with  a  working  capital  surplus  of  $83.3  million  at 
December 31, 2018. Excluding only the balloon payments included in current maturities of debt, we had a working 
capital  deficit  of  $33.0  million  at  December  31,  2019.  The  decrease  in  working  capital  was  a  result  of  decreased 
receivables and assets held for sale combined with increased accounts payable, claims and insurance accruals and 
current maturities of long term debt excluding balloon payments. Assets held for sale decreased primarily due to the 
divesture of Xpress Internacional in January 2019.  

Working  capital  deficits  are  common  to  many  trucking  companies  that  operate  by  financing  revenue  equipment 
purchases through borrowing or finance leases and who use operating leases. When we finance revenue equipment 
through borrowing or finance leases, the principal amortization scheduled for the next twelve months is categorized 
as a current liability, although the revenue equipment is classified as a long-term asset. Consequently, each purchase 
of revenue equipment financed with borrowing or finance leases decreases working capital. Similarly, our operating 
lease right of use assets are classified as long-term, while a portion of the corresponding lease liabilities are classified 
as a current liability. We believe a working capital deficit has little impact on our liquidity. Based on our expected 
financial condition, net capital expenditures, results of operations, related net cash flows, installment notes, and other 
sources of financing, we believe our working capital and sources of liquidity will be adequate to meet our current and 
projected needs and we do not expect to experience material liquidity constraints in the foreseeable future. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments   

The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019: 

Payments Due by Period 

      Less than        
1 year 

1-3 years   

     More than      
5 years 

3-5 years   
(in thousands) 

Total 

Long-term debt obligations(1) 
Finance lease obligations(2) 
Operating lease obligations(3) 
Purchase obligations(4) 
Other obligations(5) 
Total contractual obligations(6) 

  $  91,597   $ 129,216   $ 189,403   $ 24,459   $  434,675 
    12,441 
   310,856 
   111,203 
 1,023 
  $ 289,667   $ 265,592   $ 254,957   $ 59,982   $  870,198 

 1,720  
    63,834  
 —  
 —  

 5,504  
   130,872  
 —  
 —  

 5,217  
    80,627  
   111,203  
 1,023  

 —  
   35,523  
 —  
 —  

(1)  Including  interest  obligations  on  long-term  debt,  excluding  fees.  The  table  assumes  long-term  debt  is  held  to 

maturity and does not reflect events subsequent to December 31, 2019. 

(2)  Including interest obligations on finance lease obligations. 

(3)  We lease certain revenue and service equipment and office and service center facilities under long-term, non-
cancelable operating  lease  agreements  expiring  at  various dates  through December  2034.  Revenue  equipment 
lease terms are generally three to five years for tractors and five to eight years for trailers. The lease terms and 
any subsequent extensions generally represent the estimated usage period of the equipment, which is generally 
substantially less than the economic lives. Certain revenue equipment leases provide for guarantees by us of a 
portion of the specified residual value at the end of the lease term. The maximum potential amount of future 
payments  (undiscounted)  under  these  guarantees  is  approximately  $91.5  million  at  December  31,  2019.  The 
residual value of a portion of the related leased revenue equipment is covered by repurchase or trade agreements 
between us and the equipment manufacturer. 

49 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
(4)  We had commitments outstanding at December 31, 2019 to acquire revenue equipment. The revenue equipment 
commitments  are  cancelable,  subject  to  certain  adjustments  in  the  underlying  obligations  and  benefits.  These 
purchase commitments are expected to be financed by operating leases, long-term debt, proceeds from sales of 
existing equipment and cash flows from operating activities. 

(5)  Represents a commitment to fund the remaining purchase price of a small truckload carrier we acquired in 2017.  

(6)  Excludes deferred taxes and long or short-term portion of self-insurance claims accruals. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The Company has letters of credit of $32.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2019. The letters of credit are 
maintained primarily to support the Company’s insurance program. 

The  Company  had  cancelable  commitments  outstanding  at  December  31,  2019  to  acquire  revenue  equipment  for 
approximately $111.2 million in 2020. These purchase commitments are expected to be financed by operating leases, 
long-term debt, proceeds from sales of existing equipment, and cash flows from operations. 

INFLATION 

Inflation in the price of revenue equipment, tires, diesel fuel, health care, operating tolls and taxes and other items has 
impacted our operating costs over the past several years. A prolonged or more severe period of inflation in these or 
other items would adversely affect our results of operations unless freight rates correspondingly increase. Historically, 
the majority of the increase in fuel costs has been passed on to our customers through a corresponding increase in fuel 
surcharge revenue, making the impact of the increased fuel costs on our results of operations less severe. Inflation 
related  to  other  costs  is  not  directly  covered  from  our  customers  through  a  surcharge  mechanism.  Because  these 
potential  cost  increases  would  be  relatively  consistent  across  the  industry,  we  would  expect  corresponding  rate 
increases generally to offset these increased costs over time. If these and other costs escalate and we are unable to 
recover such costs timely with effective fuel surcharges and rate increases, it would have an adverse effect on our 
operations and profitability. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of 
results of operations and financial position in the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP. 
Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe 
that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important 
to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective 
and complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently 
uncertain. 

Recognition of Revenue 

We  adopted  ASU  2014-09  effective  January  1,  2018  by  using  the  modified  retrospective  transition  approach  and 
recognizing the cumulative effect of the change in retained earnings for all contracts. The primary impact of adopting 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 is the earlier recognition of revenue for loads that are in route as of 
the balance sheet date. Under previous GAAP, we recognized revenue and direct costs when shipments were delivered. 
Under ASC 606, we are required to recognize revenue and related direct costs over time as the shipment is being 
delivered. The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a positive cumulative adjustment to opening equity of approximately 
$1.5 million. 

We  generate  revenues  primarily  from  shipments  executed  by  our  Truckload  and  Brokerage  operations.  Those 
shipments are our performance obligations, arising under contracts we have entered into with customers. Under the 
terms of a contract, revenue is recognized when obligations are satisfied, which occurs over time with the transit of 
shipments from origin to destination. Fuel, driver wages and purchased transportation are similarly accrued over time. 
This is appropriate as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as we perform our obligation. 
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing services. The 
most significant judgment used in recognition of revenue is the determination of percent of total miles to be driven 
for  a  completed  trip  as  the  basis  for  determining  the  amount  of  revenue  to  be  recognized  for  partially  fulfilled 

50 

 
obligations. Accessorial charges for fuel surcharge, loading and unloading, stop charges, and other immaterial charges 
are  part  of  the  consideration  we  receive  for  the  single  performance  obligation  of  delivering  shipments.  Contracts 
entered into with our customers do not contain material financing components. 

Certain incremental revenue-related costs associated with obtaining a contract are capitalized. The majority of revenue 
contracts with our customers have a duration of one year or less and do not require any significant start-up costs, and 
as such, costs incurred to obtain contracts associated with these contracts are expensed as incurred. For contracts with 
durations exceeding one year, incremental start-up costs are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over the 
contract period which materially represents the period of revenue generation. Capitalized start-up costs are immaterial 
to us for all periods presented. 

Through  our  Brokerage  operations,  we  outsource  the  transportation  of  the  loads  to  third-party  carriers.  We  are  a 
principal in these arrangements, and therefore records revenue associated with these contracts on a gross basis. We 
have the primary responsibility to meet the customer’s requirements. We invoice and collect from our customers and 
also  maintain  discretion  over  pricing.  Additionally,  we  are  responsible  for  selection  of  third-party  transportation 
providers to the extent used to satisfy customer freight requirements. 

Income Taxes 

Significant  management  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes  and  in  determining 
whether deferred tax assets will be realized in full or in part. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which the temporary differences are expected 
to be recovered or settled. When it is more likely than not that all or some portion of specific deferred tax assets, such 
as state tax credit carry-forwards or state net operating loss carry-forwards will not be realized, a valuation allowance 
must be established for the amount of the deferred tax assets that are determined to be not realizable. 

The determination of  the  combined  tax  rate  used  to calculate  our provision  for  income  taxes  for both  current  and 
deferred  income  taxes  also  requires  significant  judgment  by  management.  We  value  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or 
liability by using enacted tax rates that we believe will be in effect when these temporary differences are recovered or 
settled. We use the combined tax rates at the time the financial statements are prepared since more accurate information 
is not available. If changes in the federal statutory rate or significant changes in the statutory state and local tax rates 
occur prior to or during the reversal of these items or if our filing obligations were to change materially, this could 
change the combined rate and, by extension, our provision for income taxes. We account for uncertain tax positions 
in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes and record a liability when such uncertainties meet the more likely than 
not recognition threshold. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-
line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for tax purposes over the estimated useful lives 
of the related assets (net of estimated salvage value or trade-in value). We generally use estimated useful lives of three 
to five years for tractors and 10 or more years for trailers with estimated salvage values ranging from 25% to 50% of 
the  capitalized  cost.  The  depreciable  lives  of  our  revenue  equipment  represent  the  estimated  usage  period  of  the 
equipment, which is generally substantially less than the economic lives. The residual value of a substantial portion 
of our equipment is covered by repurchase or trade agreements between us and the equipment manufacturer. 

Periodically, we evaluate the useful lives and salvage values of our revenue equipment and other long-lived assets 
based upon, but not limited to, our experience with similar assets including gains or losses upon dispositions of such 
assets, conditions in the used equipment market and prevailing industry practices. Changes in useful lives or salvage 
value estimates, or fluctuations in market values that are not reflected in our estimates, could have a material impact 
on our financial results. Further, if our equipment manufacturer does not perform under the terms of the agreements 
for guaranteed trade-in values, such non-performance could have a materially negative impact on financial results. 
We review our property and equipment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset 
may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  equal  to  the  excess  of  carrying  amount  over  fair  value  would  be 
recognized if the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable. 

51 

 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

When  testing  for  goodwill  impairment,  we  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to 
perform  the  two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  We  are  not  required  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting unit unless we determine, based on the qualitative review, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is 
less than its carrying amount. Current guidance includes events and circumstances for us to consider when conducting 
the qualitative assessment. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we evaluated goodwill using the qualitative factors prescribed 
to determine whether to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The assessment of qualitative 
factors  requires  judgment,  including  identification  of  reporting  units,  evaluation  of  macroeconomic  conditions, 
analysis of industry and market conditions, measurement of cost factors and identification of entity-specific events 
(such as financial performance). 

Trade names are valued based on various factors including the projected revenue stream associated with the intangible 
asset. The Company’s trade names have an indefinite life. In 2013, we adopted ASU 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-
Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, which allows companies to waive comparing the fair value of indefinite-lived 
intangible assets to their carrying amounts in assessing the recoverability of these assets if, based on qualitative factors, 
it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  is  greater  than  their  carrying 
amounts.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  performed  the  qualitative  assessment  of  its  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the assets is greater than its 
carrying amount. Therefore, the Company concluded it was not necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. 

Claims and Insurance Accruals 

Claims and insurance accruals consist of estimates of cargo loss, physical damage, group health, liability (personal 
injury and property damage) and workers’ compensation claims and associated legal and other expenses within our 
established retention levels. Claims in excess of retention levels are generally covered by insurance in amounts we 
consider adequate. Claims accruals represent the uninsured portion of pending claims including estimates of adverse 
development  of  known  claims,  plus  an  estimated  liability  for  incurred  but  not  reported  claims  and  the  associated 
expense.  Accruals  for  cargo  loss,  physical  damage,  group  health,  liability  and  workers’  compensation  claims  are 
estimated based on our evaluation of the type and severity of individual claims and historical information, primarily 
our own claims experience, along with assumptions about future events combined with the assistance of independent 
actuaries in the case of workers’ compensation and liability. Changes in assumptions as well as changes in actual 
experience could cause these estimates to change in the near future. 

Workers’ compensation and liability claims are particularly subject to a significant degree of uncertainty due to the 
potential  for  growth  and  development  of  the  claims  over  time.  Claims  and  insurance  reserves  related  to  workers’ 
compensation and liability are estimated by a third-party actuary and we refer to these estimates in establishing the 
reserve. Liability reserves are estimated based on historical experience and trends, the type and severity of individual 
claims and assumptions about future costs. Further, in establishing the workers’ compensation and liability reserves, 
we  must  take  into  account  and  estimate  various  factors,  including, but not  limited  to,  assumptions  concerning  the 
nature and severity of the claim, the effect of the jurisdiction on any award or settlement, the length of time until 
ultimate resolution, inflation rates in health care and in general, interest rates, legal expenses and other factors. Our 
actual  experience  may  be  different  than  our  estimates,  sometimes  significantly.  Changes  in  assumptions  made  in 
actuarial  studies  could  potentially  have  a  material  effect  on  the  provision  for  workers’  compensation  and  liability 
claims. Additionally, if any claim were to exceed our coverage limits, we would have to accrue for and pay the excess 
amount, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Lease Accounting Transactions 

We adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective approach and applied the transition provisions with an effective 
date as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed on that date. Prior period results continue to be presented under ASC 
840 based on the accounting originally in effect for such periods. We elected the “package of practical expedients” 
under ASC 842 which permits us to not reassess our historical assessments of (1) whether contracts are or contain 
leases, (2) lease classification and (3) initial direct costs. We also elected the practical expedient to not reassess certain 
land easements. We did not elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient during the transition of ASC 842. Adoption 
of ASC 842 resulted in the recording of operating lease ROU assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of 
approximately $183.0 million. 

We determine if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception and perform an analysis to determine whether 
the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease. We measure right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities at the 
52 

 
lease commencement date based on the present value of the remaining lease payments. As most of our leases do not 
provide a readily determinable implicit rate, we estimate an incremental borrowing rate based on the credit quality of 
the Company and by comparing interest rates available in the market for similar borrowings, and adjusting this amount 
based on the impact of collateral over the term of each lease. We use this rate to discount the remaining lease payments 
in measuring the ROU asset and lease liability. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. We recognize 
lease expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For our finance leases, we recognize 
amortization expense from the amortization of the ROU asset and interest expense on the related lease liability. We 
do not separate lease and nonlease components of contracts, except for certain leased information technology assets 
that are embedded within various service agreements. The lease components included in those agreements are included 
in the ROU asset and lease liability, and the amounts are not significant. 

Leases with an initial term of twelve months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. We recognize 
lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

We  are  liable  for  residual  value  guarantees  in  connection  with  certain  of  our  operating  leases  of  certain  revenue 
equipment. If we do not purchase this leased equipment from the lessor at the end of the lease term, we are liable to 
the lessor for an amount equal to the shortage (if any) between the proceeds from the sale of the equipment and an 
agreed value up to a maximum shortfall per unit. For certain of these tractors, we have residual value agreements from 
manufacturers at amounts sufficient to satisfy our residual obligation to the lessors. For all other equipment (or to the 
extent  we  believe  any  manufacturer  will  refuse  or  be  unable  to  meet  its  obligation),  we  are  required  to  recognize 
additional rental expense to the extent we believe the fair market value at the lease termination will be less than our 
obligation to the lessor. We believe that proceeds from the sale of equipment under operating leases would exceed the 
payment  obligation  on  substantially  all  operating  leases.  The  estimated  values  at  lease  termination  involve 
management judgments. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See  Note  2  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  about  recent  accounting 
pronouncements. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Our market risk is affected by changes in interest rates. Historically, we have used a combination of fixed rate and 
variable rate obligations to manage our interest rate exposure. Fixed rate obligations expose us to the risk that interest 
rates might fall. Variable rate obligations expose us to the risk that interest rates might rise. We currently do not have 
any interest rate swaps although we may enter into such swaps in the future. 

We are exposed to variable interest rate risk principally from our Credit Facility. We are exposed to fixed interest rate 
risk principally from equipment notes and mortgages. At December 31, 2019, we had net borrowings totaling $396.0 
million  comprised  of  $150.0  million  of  variable  rate  borrowings  and  $246.0  million  of  fixed  rate  borrowings. 
Accordingly, holding other variables constant (including borrowing levels), the earnings impact of a one-percentage 
point increase/decrease in interest rates would not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

Fuel is one of our largest expenditures. The price and availability of diesel fuel fluctuate due to changes in production, 
seasonality  and  other  market  factors  generally  outside  our  control.  Most  of  our  customer  contracts  contain  fuel 
surcharge provisions to mitigate increases in the cost of fuel. Fuel surcharges to customers do not fully recover all fuel 
increases because customers generally pay surcharges on a mileage basis and therefore do not generally pay for fuel 
consumed while traveling out-of-route or non-revenue generating miles, while the tractor is idling and in certain other 
instances. We believe that our fuel surcharge program adequately protects us from risks relating to fluctuating fuel 
prices, and accordingly, we terminated all fuel purchase arrangements as of December 31, 2017, and do not expect to 
enter into fuel purchase arrangements in the near term. We cannot predict the extent to which fuel prices will increase 
or decrease in the future or the extent to which fuel surcharges could be collected. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The consolidated financial statements of U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. and subsidiaries, including the consolidated 
balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income 
(loss), of stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, 
together with  the related notes,  and  the report  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public 

53 

 
 
accounting firm as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 
are set forth at pages 58 through 88 elsewhere in this report. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

On  March  10,  2020,  the  Audit  Committee  dismissed  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  (“PwC”)  as  its  independent 
registered public accounting firm. 

The reports of PwC on the financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 contained no 
adverse  opinion  or  disclaimer  of  opinion  and  were  not  qualified  or  modified  as  to  uncertainty,  audit  scope,  or 
accounting principle.  During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and the subsequent 
interim period through March 10, 2020, there were no disagreements (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of 
Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304) with PwC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, 
financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction 
of PwC would have caused PwC to make reference thereto in its reports on the Company’s financial statements for 
such years.  During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the subsequent interim period through 
March 10, 2020, there have been no reportable events (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-
K), except for the material weaknesses identified in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting related to 
(1) ineffective information technology controls with respect to program development, change management, computer 
operations, and user access to programs and data, (2) the design of controls over income tax accounting, (3) evidential 
matter supporting the design and implementation of controls, and (4) the control activities component of the COSO 
framework.  The material weaknesses described in (2), (3), and (4) were subsequently remediated as of December 31, 
2019. 

On March 11, 2020, the accounting firm of Grant Thornton was engaged by the Audit Committee as the Company’s 
new independent registered public accounting firm to perform independent audit services for the Company for the 
fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 (including with respect to the Company's quarterly period ending March 31, 
2020), effective immediately. 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and through the subsequent interim period 
as of March 11, 2020, neither the Company, nor any party on behalf of the Company, consulted with Grant Thornton 
with  respect  to  either  (i)  the  application  of  accounting  principles  to  a  specified  transaction,  either  completed  or 
proposed, or the type of the audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to the Company's consolidated financial 
statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by Grant Thornton that was an important 
factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, 
or (ii) any matter that was subject to any “disagreement” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation 
S-K and the related instructions) or a “reportable event” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-
K). 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”),  has 
evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under  the  Exchange  Act)  as  of  December  31,  2019.  This  evaluation  is  performed  to  determine  if  our 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to 
management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure 
and  are  effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  such  information  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and 
reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s  rules and forms. Due to the material weakness described 
below and the Company’s evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures 
were not effective to provide reasonable assurance as of December 31, 2019. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). 

54 

 
  
 
  
 
Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process 
that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from 
human  failures.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  also  can  be  circumvented  by  collusion  or  improper 
management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or 
detected  on  a  timely  basis  by  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Therefore,  it  is  possible  to  design  into  the 
process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making this assessment, management used the 
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company did 
not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, due to the material weakness 
discussed below. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such 
that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not 
be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

We did not design effective information technology general computer controls with respect to program development, 
change management, computer operation, and user access to programs and data. This deficiency did not result in a 
material  misstatement  to  our  annual  or  interim  consolidated  financial  statements.    However,  this  deficiency  could 
result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a 
material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Therefore, 
we concluded the deficiency is a material weakness. 

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report,  which 
appears in this 2019 Annual Report. 

Remediation of Previously Disclosed Material Weaknesses 

Income Taxes 

We previously identified a material weakness in the design of controls over income tax accounting. During 2019, we 
implemented new control activities and enhanced the design of our existing quarterly and year-end control activities 
over income tax accounting. Based on the results of our testing, we have concluded that the controls are adequately 
designed and have operated effectively for a sufficient period of time during 2019. Accordingly, the material weakness 
in the design of controls over income tax accounting is remediated as of December 31, 2019. 

Evidential Matter 

We  previously  identified  a  material  weakness  in  respect  to  the  evidential  matter  supporting  the  design  and 
implementation of our controls. During 2019, we designed, implemented, and enhanced controls over the retention of 
evidential matter supporting the design, implementation, and operating effectiveness of controls. Based on the results 
of our testing, we have concluded that there was sufficient evidential matter to support the design, implementation, 
and  operating  effectiveness  of  controls.  Accordingly,  the  material  weakness  with  respect  to  the  evidential  matter 
supporting the design and implementation of our controls is remediated as of December 31, 2019. 

Control Activities 

We previously identified a material weakness in respect to the control activities component of the COSO framework.  
During 2019, we designed, implemented, and enhanced control activities throughout our organization.  Based on the 
results  of  our  testing,  we  have  concluded  that  these  control  activities  are  adequately  designed  and  have  operated 
effectively for a sufficient period of time during 2019.  Accordingly, the material weakness with respect to the control 
activities component of the COSO framework is remediated as of December 31, 2019. 

Remediation Efforts and Status of Remaining Material Weakness 

Information Technology General Controls:  

55 

 
During  2019,  we  implemented  new  or  enhanced  existing  controls  governing  program  development,  change 
management,  computer operations,  and  user  access  to programs  and data. However, we  believe  additional  time  is 
needed  to  demonstrate  the  sustainability  and  effectiveness  of  the  established  controls  before  concluding  on 
remediation.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2019, we made enhancements to our information technology controls 
governing change management and access to programs and data that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely 
to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table provides certain information, as of December 31, 2019, with respect to our compensation plans 
and other arrangements under which shares of our Class A common stock are authorized for issuance. 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 

Total 

  Number of securities to be  

issued upon exercise of    Weighted average exercise   
price of outstanding options,  
warrants and rights 
(b) 

outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Number of securities 
remaining eligible for future  
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

 1,548,379 (1) $ 

 11.93 (2) 

 3,988,937 (3) 

 —  

 1,548,379   $ 

 —   
 11.93   

 —  
 3,988,937  

(1)  Represents 242,877 shares of Class A common stock underlying unvested Class A RSUs granted under our 

Restricted Membership Units Plan (the “RMUP”) prior to the IPO and 712,264 shares of Class A common stock 
underlying unvested Class A RSUs, 195,824 shares of Class A common stock underlying unvested Class A 
restricted stock awards and 397,414 shares of Class A common stock underlying unexercised Class A options 
granted under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). 

(2)  The weighted-average exercise price does not reflect the shares that will be issued in connection with the 

settlement of RSUs and restricted stock awards, since they have no exercise price. 

(3)  Includes 1,768,877 Class A shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan and 2,220,060 Class A shares 
available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan of which 98,179 were subsequently issued on 
January 2, 2020. 

The following table provides certain information, as of December 31, 2019, with respect to our compensation plans 
and other arrangements under which shares of our Class B common stock are authorized for issuance. 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved 
by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 

Total 

  Number of securities to be  

issued upon exercise of    Weighted average exercise   
  price of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

      Number of securities 
  remaining eligible for future

 600,011 (1) $ 

 —  
 600,011   $ 

 — (2) 

 —   
 —   

 — 

 — 
 — 

(1)  Represents unvested Class B RSUs granted under the RMUP prior to the IPO.  

56 

 
 
 
    
 
     
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
(2)  There is no weighted-average exercise price since RSUs have no exercise price. 

We incorporate by reference the information set forth under the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.  

A copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, may be obtained by stockholders of record without charge upon written request to 
Nathan  Harwell,  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Legal  Officer,  and  Secretary,  at  4080  Jenkins  Road, 
Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421. 

57 

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
(the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive 
income  (loss),  of  stockholders'  equity  (deficit)  and  of  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). 
We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO because a material weakness in internal control 
over financial reporting existed as of that date related to ineffective information technology general computer controls 
with respect to program development, change management, computer operation, and user access to programs and data. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such 
that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not 
be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered this material weakness 
in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2019 consolidated financial 
statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it 
accounts for leases in 2019. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting,  included  in  management's  report  referred  to  above.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on 
our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting 
was maintained in all material respects. 

Our  audits of  the  consolidated financial  statements  included performing procedures  to assess  the risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding of 
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating 
the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

58 

 
  
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance 
with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have 
a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Birmingham, Alabama 
March 4, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015. 

59 

 
  
  
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 

(in thousands, except share amounts) 
Assets 
Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Customer receivables, net of allowance of $63 and $59 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 
respectively 
Other receivables 
Prepaid insurance and licenses 
Operating supplies 
Assets held for sale 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, at cost 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Net property and equipment 

Other assets 

Operating lease right of use assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other 

Total other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity 
Current liabilities 

Accounts payable 
Book overdraft 
Accrued wages and benefits 
Claims and insurance accruals, current 
Other accrued liabilities 
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities 
Current maturities of long-term debt and finance leases 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities 
Less unamortized discount and debt issuance costs 

Net long-term debt 
Deferred income taxes 
Long-term liabilities associated with assets held for sale 
Other long-term liabilities 
Claims and insurance accruals, long-term 
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders' Equity 

Common stock Class A, $.01 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018, respectively, 33,314,141 and 32,859,292 issued and outstanding at 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively 
Common stock Class B, $.01 par value, 35,000,000 authorized at December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018, respectively, 15,687,101 and 15,486,560 issued and outstanding at 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 

Stockholders' equity 
Noncontrolling interest 

Total stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities, redeemable restricted units and stockholders' equity 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

60 

  December 31,    December 31,  

2019 

2018 

$ 

 5,687   

$ 

 9,892 

$ 

$ 

 183,706   
 15,253   
 11,326   
 7,193   
 17,732   
 15,831   
 256,728   
 880,101   
 (388,318) 
 491,783   

 276,618   
 57,708   
 27,214   
 30,058   
 391,598   
 1,140,109   

 68,918   
 1,313   
 24,110   
 51,910   
 9,127   
 —   
 69,866   
 80,247   
 305,491   
 315,797   
 (1,223) 
 314,574   
 20,692   
 —   
 5,249   
 56,910   
 206,357   
 —   

$ 

$ 

 190,254 
 20,430 
 11,035 
 7,324 
 33,225 
 13,374 
 285,534 
 898,530 
 (379,813)
 518,717 

 — 
 57,708 
 28,913 
 19,615 
 106,236 
 910,487 

 63,808 
 — 
 24,960 
 47,442 
 8,120 
 6,856 
 — 
 113,094 
 264,280 
 312,819 
 (1,347)
 311,472 
 19,978 
 8,353 
 7,713 
 60,304 
 — 
 — 

 333   

 329 

 157   
 250,700   
 (20,982) 
 230,208   
 628   
 230,836   
 1,140,109   

$ 

$ 

 155 
 251,742 
 (17,335)
 234,891 
 3,496 
 238,387 
 910,487 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
      
 
   
  
 
      
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
     
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
     
  
   
 
  
     
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Operating revenue 
Revenue, before fuel surcharge 
Fuel surcharge 

Total operating revenue 

Operating expenses 
Salaries, wages, and benefits 
Fuel and fuel taxes 
Vehicle rents 
Depreciation and amortization, net of (gain) loss on sale of property 
Purchased transportation 
Operating expenses and supplies 
Insurance premiums and claims 
Operating taxes and licenses 
Communications and utilities 
General and other operating expenses 
Gain on sale of subsidiary 
Impairment of assets held for sale 
Total operating expenses 
Operating income 
Other expense (income) 
Interest expense, net 
Early extinguishment of debt 
Impairment of equity method investments or note receivable 
Equity in loss of affiliated companies 
Other, net 

Income (loss) before income tax provision 
Income tax provision (benefit) 

Net total and comprehensive income (loss) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 1,538,450   $ 1,622,083   $  1,417,173 
 138,212 
   1,555,385 

 182,832  
   1,804,915  

 168,911  
   1,707,361  

 530,885  
 189,800  
 80,064  
 94,337  
 481,589  
 118,394  
 88,959  
 13,849  
 8,928  
 75,317  
 (831) 
 —  
   1,681,291  
 26,070  

 535,994  
 227,525  
 78,639  
 97,954  
 481,945  
 118,064  
 85,075  
 14,133  
 9,575  
 66,412  
 —  
 10,693  
   1,726,009  
 78,906  

 543,735 
 219,515 
 74,377 
 93,369 
 308,624 
 126,700 
 77,430 
 13,769 
 7,683 
 61,575 
 — 
 — 
   1,526,777 
 28,608 

 21,635  
 —  
 6,793  
 270  
 26  
 28,724  
 (2,654) 
 389  
 (3,043) 

 34,866  
 7,753  
 1,804  
 381  
 136  
 44,940  
 33,966  
 7,860  
 26,106  

 49,758 
 — 
 — 
 1,350 
 (1,376)
 49,732 
 (21,124)
 (17,187)
 (3,937)

Net total and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling 
interest 

 604  

 1,207  

 123 

Net total and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to controlling 
interest 

  $

 (3,647)  $

 24,899   $ 

 (4,060)

Earnings (loss) per share 

Basic earnings (loss) per share 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

  $

  $

 (0.07)  $

 0.84   $ 

 48,788  

 29,470  

 (0.07)  $

 0.83   $ 

 48,788  

 30,133  

 (0.64)
 6,385 
 (0.64)
 6,385 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
    
       
       
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
3
7
6

)
3
2
5
(

1
3
1
,
3

—

1
9
3

1
8
2
,
3

—

—

—

—

$

—

—

)
7
3
9
,
3
(

)
5
0
1
,
1
4
(

6
5
8
,
1

9
5
4
,
1

—

—

—

)
5
5
4
,
3
(

5
5
4
,
3

—

—

)
7
1
2
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6
1
6
,
6
4
2

6
4
8
,
3

6
0
1
,
6
2

7
8
3
,
8
3
2

)
4
4
(

9
4
3

)
9
5
6
,
8
(

)
3
4
0
,
3
(

$

6
3
8
,
0
3
2

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7
0
2
,
1

6
9
4
,
3

4
0
6

8
2
6

)
2
7
4
,
3
(

4
6

—

9
5
4
,
1

)
9
4
1
(

—

)
9
4
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
9
8
,
4
2

)
5
3
3
,
7
1
(

$

)
7
4
6
,
3
(

)
2
8
9
,
0
2
(

$

—

—

3
2
1

9
8
2
,
2

—

—

$

)
0
6
0
,
4
(

)
9
5
4
,
3
4
(

$

1

—

—

—

1

—

—

6
5
8
,
1

)
1
1
(

)
6
(

5
5
4
,
3

9
4
4
,
6
4
2

)
2
(

—

—

)
9
4
(

8
4
3

—

)
7
8
1
,
5
(

6
4
8
,
3

2
4
7
,
1
5
2

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5
5
1

—

—

—

—

5
5
1

2

—

—

—

—

$

4
6

—

—

—

4
6

—

—

)
4
6
(

0
6
1

—

—

2

—

—

7
6
1

—

9
2
3

3

1

—

—

$

)
8
6
1
,
7
3
(

$

6
6
1
,
2

$

)
9
9
3
,
9
3
(

$

e
l
b
a
m
e
e
d
e
R

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

s
t
i
n
U

l
a
t
o
T

'
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D

(

y
t
i
u
q
E

n
o
N

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
C

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

t
i
c
i
f
e
D

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C
n
I

B
s
s
a
l
C

k
c
o
t
S

A
s
s
a
l
C

k
c
o
t
S

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
o
t

s
e
t
o
N
e
e
S

$

0
0
7
,
0
5
2

$

7
5
1

$

3
3
3

$

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D

(

y
t
i
u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C

7
1
0
2
d
n
a
8
1
0
2

,

9
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
d
e
d
n
E
s
r
a
e
Y

.
c
n
I

,
s
e
s
i
r
p
r
e
t
n
E
s
s
e
r
p
X

.

.

S
U

$

$

g
n
i
r
e
f
f
o
d
n
a

s
t
n
u
o
c
s
i
d

g
n
i
t
i
r

w
r
e
d
n
u
f
o

t
e
n
,
g
n
i
r
e
f
f

O
c
i
l
b
u
P

l
a
i
t
i
n
I
n
i

k
c
o
t
s
A
s
s
a
l
C

f
o

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
0
0
,
8
6
6
,
6
1
f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

y
t
i
u
q
e

t
n
e
n
a
m
r
e
p

o
t

y
t
i
u
q
e

y
r
a
r
o
p
m
e
t

m
o
r
f

r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

n
i
k
c
o
t
S
A
s
s
a
l
C

f
o

s
e
r
a
h
s

4
2
6
,
6
4
0
,
6
1
f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
e
r
a
h
s

s
e
s
i
r
p
r
e
t
n
E
s
s
e
r
p
X
S
U
7
7
8
,
4
8
3
,
6

l
e
c
n
a
C

n
i
k
c
o
t
S
B
s
s
a
l
C

f
o

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
6
5
,
6
8
4
,
5
1
f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

n
o
i
t
a
z
i
n
a
g
r
o
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
z
i
n
a
g
r
o
e
R

s
t
i
n
u
p
i
h
s
r
e
b
m
e
m
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

f
o
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

6
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o

n
o
i
t
a
z
i
t
r
o
m
A

)
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
r
a
h
s

t
p
e
c
x
e

,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
i
(

7
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

6
0
6
C
S
A

f
o

n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

P
P
S
E
r
e
d
n
u

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
f
o

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
P

9
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

8
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o

g
n
i
t
s
e
V

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
t
i
n
u

p
i
h
s
r
e
b
m
e
m
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

f
o

d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o

g
n
i
t
s
e
V

62 

s
t
s
o
c

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

(in thousands) 
Operating activities 
Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: 
   Early extinguishment of debt 

Impairments of assets held for sale and equity method investments and note receivable 
Equity in loss of affiliated companies 
Deferred income tax provision (benefit) 
Depreciation and amortization 
Losses on sale of equipment 
Share based compensation 
Other 
Interest paid-in-kind 
Gain on sale of subsidiary 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Receivables 
Prepaid insurance and licenses 
Operating supplies 
Other assets 
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities 
Accrued wages and benefits 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 
Payments for purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment 
Acquisition of business 
Other 
Sale of subsidiary, net of cash 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Borrowings under lines of credit 
Payments under lines of credit 
Borrowings under long-term debt 
Payments of long-term debt 
Payments of financing costs and original issue discount 
Proceeds from IPO, net of issuance costs 
Payments of long-term consideration for business acquisition 
Purchase of noncontrolling interest 
Tax withholding related to net share settlement of restricted stock awards 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under ESPP 
Repurchase of membership units 
Book overdraft 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 
Cash included in assets held for sale 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Beginning of year 
End of period 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
Cash paid during the year for interest 
Cash paid (refunded) during the year for income taxes 
Supplemental disclosure of significant noncash investing and financing activities 
Lease conversion 
Finance lease additions 
Finance lease extinguishments 
Assumption of debt 
Debt obligations relieved in conjunction with the divesture of Xpress Internacional 
Financing costs accrued in accounts payable 
Property and equipment amounts accrued in accounts payable 
Uncollected proceeds from asset sales 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2018 

2019 

2017 

  $ 

 (3,043)  $ 

 26,106    $ 

 (3,937)

 —   
 6,793   
 270   
 714   
 90,484   
 3,853   
 3,846   
 660   
 —   
 (831) 

 7,149   
 (3,294) 
 70   
 (7,790) 
 5,572   
 (704) 
 103,749   

 (151,751) 
 77,966   
 —   
 (2,000) 
 (5,845) 
 (81,630) 

 107,300   
 (107,300) 
 106,341   
 (136,228) 
 (190) 
 —   
 (990) 
 (8,659) 
 (44) 
 349   
 —   
 1,313   
 (38,108) 
 11,784   
 (4,205) 

 7,753   
 12,497   
 381   
 5,691   
 90,831   
 7,123   
 2,248   
 (2,360) 
 (7,516) 
 —   

 (8,972) 
 (4,006) 
 725   
 (3,438) 
 (21,020) 
 6,304   
 112,347   

 — 
 — 
 1,350 
 (20,156)
 91,340 
 2,029 
 673 
 2,067 
 1,452 
 — 

 (32,051)
 45 
 (510)
 (529)
 41,930 
 1,691 
 85,394 

    (223,939) 
 55,370   
 —   
 2,480   
 —   
    (166,089) 

    (240,417)
 32,183 
 (2,219)
 (758)
 — 
    (211,211)

 292,332   
    (321,665) 
 362,013   
    (504,180) 
 (4,166) 
 246,616   
 (1,010) 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (217) 
 (3,537) 
 66,186   
 (11,784) 
 660   

 387,973 
    (358,640)
 224,102 
    (118,834)
 (5,844)
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (523)
 3,537 
 131,771 
 — 
 5,954 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 9,892   
 5,687    $ 

 9,232   
 9,892    $ 

 3,278 
 9,232 

 21,136    $ 
 58   

 47,406    $ 
 1,603   

 44,073 
 (208)

 —    $ 
 —   
 40   
 —   
 7,109   
 —   
 3,552   
 62   

 —    $ 
 439   
 1,146   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 1,213   
 2,671   

 34,169 
 1,505 
 222 
 5,377 
 — 
 1,162 
 1,196 
 424 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

63 

 
 
 
 
     
     
    
  
 
      
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
  
     
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
   
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

1.        Organization and Operations 

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”, and 
similar expressions) provide transportation services throughout the United States and Mexico, with a focus in the 
densely populated and economically diverse eastern half of the United States. The Company offers its customers a 
broad portfolio of services using its own asset-based truckload fleet and third-party carriers through our non-asset-
based  truck  brokerage  network.  The  Company  has  two reportable  segments,  Truckload  and  Brokerage.  Our 
Truckload segment offers asset-based truckload services, including over-the-road (“OTR”) trucking and dedicated 
contract  services.  Our  Brokerage  segment  is  principally  engaged  in  non-asset-based  freight  brokerage  services, 
where loads are contracted to third-party carriers. 

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. completed its initial public offering in June 2018 (the “IPO” or the “offering”). Prior 
to the offering U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. was wholly owned by New Mountain Lake Holdings, LLC (“New 
Mountain  Lake”). New  Mountain  Lake was  formed  on October 12,  2007  solely  for  the  purpose of  taking U.S. 
Xpress Enterprises, Inc. private and holding 100% ownership of U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. Immediately prior 
to  the  effectiveness  of  the  offering,  we  completed  a  series  of  transactions  (collectively,  the  “Reorganization”) 
pursuant to which New Mountain Lake merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the 
surviving corporation.  

In connection with the Reorganization, we adopted the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
of the Company, and converted into and exchanged the issued and outstanding membership units of New Mountain 
Lake immediately prior to the Reorganization for the Company’s common stock. We provided for the issuance of 
4.6666667 shares of Class A common stock for each Class B non-voting membership unit in New Mountain Lake 
and 4.6666667 shares of Class B common stock for each Class A voting membership unit in New Mountain Lake. 
The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and the holders of Class B common stock 
are entitled to five votes per share. In the offering, the Company sold 16,668,000 shares of Class A common stock 
at a price of $16 per share to the public and received net proceeds of $246.6 million, after deducting underwriting 
discounts and commissions and offering expenses. 

Under our Articles of Incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 140,000,000 shares of Class A common 
stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share,  35,000,000  shares  of  Class B  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share,  and 
9,333,333  shares  of  preferred  stock,  the  rights  and  preferences  of  which  may  be  designated  by  the  Board  of 
Directors.  

2.        Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned and majority-
owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such 
differences could be material.  Significant estimates include useful lives of property and equipment and related 
salvage value, claims reserves for liability and workers’ compensation claims and valuation allowance for deferred 
tax assets. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  all  highly  liquid  investment  instruments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three 
months or less. 

64 

 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Customer Receivables and Allowances 

Customer receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for uncollectible accounts and revenue 
adjustments.  The allowances for uncollectible accounts and revenue adjustments are based on historical experience 
as well as any known trends or uncertainties related to customer billing and account collectability.  The Company 
reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis.  Past due balances over contractual 
payment terms and exceeding specified amounts are reviewed individually for collectability.  Receivable balances 
are written off when collection is deemed unlikely. 

Operating Supplies 

Operating  supplies  consist  primarily  of  parts,  materials  and  supplies  for  servicing  the  Company’s  revenue  and 
service equipment.  Operating supplies are recorded at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.  
Tires  purchased  as  part  of  revenue  and  service  equipment  are  capitalized  as  part  of  the  cost  of  the  equipment.  
Replacement tires are charged to expense when placed in service. 

Assets Held for Sale 

Assets held for sale are comprised primarily of revenue equipment no longer being utilized in continuing operations 
which are available and ready for sale.  Assets held for sale are no longer subject to depreciation and are recorded 
at the lower of depreciated book value or fair market value less selling costs.  The Company expects to sell these 
assets  within  the  next  twelve  months.  At  December  31,  2019,  assets  held  for  sale  was  comprised  of  revenue 
equipment and a terminal. At December 31, 2018, assets held for sale included revenue equipment of approximately 
$5.2 million and assets of a business held for sale of approximately $28.0 million. See Note 4, Divesture of Xpress 
International for more discussion related to the sale of our interest in Xpress Internacional S.A. de C.V. (Xpress 
Internacional) during January 2019. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are carried at cost.  Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-
line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for tax purposes over the estimated useful 
lives  of  the  related  assets  (net  of  salvage  values  ranging  from  25.0%  to  50.0%  of  revenue  equipment).    The 
Company  periodically  evaluates  the  estimated useful  lives and  salvage values of  its revenue  equipment,  due  to 
changes in business needs and expected usage of the equipment.  Upon the retirement of property and equipment, 
the related asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included 
in  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements of comprehensive  income.  
Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs are expensed.  Renewals or betterments that affect the nature of 
an asset or increase its useful life are capitalized.  

Leases 

We determine if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception and perform an analysis to determine 
whether  the  lease  is  an  operating  lease  or  a  finance  lease.  We  measure  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  lease 
liabilities at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the remaining lease payments. As most of 
our leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate, we estimate an incremental borrowing rate based on 
the credit quality of the Company and by comparing interest rates available in the market for similar borrowings, 
and adjusting this amount based on the impact of collateral over the term of each lease. We use this rate to discount 
the remaining lease payments in measuring the ROU asset and lease liability. We use the implicit rate when readily 
determinable. We recognize lease expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For our 
finance leases, we recognize amortization expense from the amortization of the ROU asset and interest expense on 
the related lease liability. We do not separate lease and nonlease components of contracts, except for certain leased 
information  technology  assets  that  are  embedded  within  various  service  agreements.  The  lease  components 
included in those agreements are included in the ROU asset and lease liability, and the amounts are not significant. 

65 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Leases  with  an  initial  term  of  twelve months  or  less  are  not  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  We 
recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Impairment of Long Lived Assets 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  Expected future cash 
flows are used to analyze whether an impairment has occurred. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows 
is less than the carrying value of the long-lived asset, then an impairment loss is recognized.  We measure the 
impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  Fair value is determined based on a 
discounted cash flow analysis or the appraised value of the assets, as appropriate. 

Goodwill 

In 2013, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment, 
which allows companies to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-
step quantitative goodwill impairment test.  Under this standard, the Company would not be required to calculate 
the fair value of a reporting unit unless the Company determines, based on the qualitative review, that it is more 
likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount.  The standard includes events and circumstances 
for the Company to consider when conducting the qualitative assessment.   

The quantitative impairment test consists of two different steps.  The first step identifies potential impairment by 
comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds 
its  carrying  amount,  goodwill  is  not  considered  impaired  and the  second  step  of  the  test  is  unnecessary.  If  the 
carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value, the second step measures the impairment loss, 
if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The 
implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business 
combination. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment 
loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. 

The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment analysis at the reporting unit level as of October 1 each 
year or when an event occurs which might cause or indicate impairment. The Company performed the qualitative 
assessment in the fourth quarter of 2019 and 2018 and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of 
the Truckload reporting unit was greater than its carrying amount.   

Intangible Assets 

Customer  relationships  are  valued  as  part  of  acquisition-related  transactions  using  the  income  appraisal 
methodology.  The income appraisal methodology includes a determination of the present value of future monetary 
benefits  to  be  derived  from  the  anticipated  income,  or  ownership,  of  the  subject  asset.    The  value  of  customer 
relationships includes the value expected to be realized from existing contracts as well as from expected renewals 
of such contracts and is calculated using unweighted and weighted total undiscounted cash flows as part of the 
income appraisal methodology.  Customer relationships are amortized over seven to fifteen years.  The Company 
tests intangible assets with definite lives for impairment if conditions exist that indicate the carrying value may not 
be recoverable.  There was no impairment of customer relationships in 2019 and 2018. 

Trade  names  are  valued  based  on  various  factors  including  the  projected  revenue  stream  associated  with  the 
intangible asset.  The Company’s trade names have an indefinite life and are not amortized.  In the fourth quarter 
of 2019 and 2018, the Company performed the qualitative assessment of its trade name assets and concluded it was 
more likely than not that the fair value of each of the assets is greater than its carrying amount.  Therefore, the 
Company concluded it was not necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. 

66 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Book Overdraft 

Book  overdraft  represents  outstanding  checks  in  excess  of  current  cash  levels.  The  Company  funds  its  book 
overdraft from its line of credit and operating cash flows. 

Deferred Financing Costs 

The  Company  presents  debt  issuance  costs  as  a  direct  deduction  from  the  related  debt,  consistent  with  debt 
discounts. Debt issuance costs associated with revolving line-of-credit arrangements are presented as an asset. All 
such debt issuance costs are amortized ratably over the term of the arrangement. Term loan debt issuance costs 
excluding original issue discount, net of accumulated amortization were $1.2 million and $1.3 million at December 
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Revolver gross debt issuance costs were $1.5 million at December 31, 2019 and 
2018,  offset  by  accumulated  amortization  of  $0.5  million  and  $0.2  million  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.  Debt  issuance  cost  amortization  expense  excluding  original  issue  discount  was  $0.3  million,  $1.6 
million and $3.4 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Recognition of Revenue 

The Company generates revenues primarily from shipments executed by the Company’s Truckload and Brokerage 
operations. Those shipments are the Company’s performance obligations, arising under contracts we have entered 
into with customers. Under such contracts, revenue is recognized when obligations are satisfied, which occurs over 
time with the transit of shipments from origin to destination. This is appropriate as the customer simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits as the Company performs its obligation. Revenue is measured as the amount of 
consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services. The most significant judgment 
used  in  recognition  of revenue  is  the  determination  of  miles  driven  as  the  basis for  determining  the amount of 
revenue  to be recognized for  partially  fulfilled  obligations.  Accessorial  charges for  fuel  surcharge,  loading  and 
unloading,  stop  charges,  and  other  immaterial  charges  are  part  of  the  consideration  we  receive  for  the  single 
performance obligation of delivering shipments. Contracts entered into with our customers do not contain material 
financing components.  

The majority of revenue contracts with our customers have a duration of one year or less and do not require any 
significant start-up costs, and as such, costs incurred to obtain contracts associated with these contracts are expensed 
as  incurred.  For  contracts  with  durations  exceeding  one  year,  incremental  start-up  costs  are  capitalized  and 
amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  contract  period  which  materially  represents  the  period  of  revenue 
generation. Incremental capitalized start-up costs totaled $3.2 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2019 and 
2018,  respectively,  and  are  included  in  other  current  assets  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Amortization 
expense associated with our start up costs was $1.5 million and $1.2 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

Through the Company’s Brokerage operations, the Company outsources the transportation of the loads to third-
party carriers. The Company is a principal in these arrangements, and therefore records revenue associated with 
these contracts on a gross basis. The Company has the primary responsibility to meet the customer’s requirements.  
The Company invoices and collects from its customers and also maintains discretion over pricing. Additionally, 
the  Company  is  responsible  for  selection  of  third-party  transportation  providers  to  the  extent  used  to  satisfy 
customer freight requirements.   

The timing of revenue recognition, billings, cash collections, and allowance for doubtful accounts results in billed 
and unbilled receivables on our consolidated balance sheet. The Company receives the unconditional right to bill 
when shipments are delivered to their destination. We generally receive payment within 40 days of completion of 
performance obligations. Unbilled receivables recorded on the consolidated balance sheet were $2.7 million and 
$2.9  million  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively  and  are  included  in  customer  receivables  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets.  

67 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset-and-liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying 
amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit 
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on 
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that 
includes the enactment date. 

The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets based on whether it believes that 
it is more likely than not all deferred tax assets will be realized. A consideration of future taxable income is made 
as well as on-going prudent feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for valuation allowances. In the 
event it is determined all or part of a deferred tax asset would not be able to be realized, management would record 
an adjustment to the deferred tax asset and recognize a charge against income at that time.  

The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to its assessment of relevant 
risks, facts and circumstances existing at that time. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance 
with  ASC  740,  Income  Taxes,  and  records  a  liability  when  such  uncertainties  meet  the  more  likely  than  not 
recognition threshold. Potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized 
as a component of income tax expense. 

Concentration of Credit Risk 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to customer receivables are limited due to the large number of entities 
comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different industries. Revenues from the 
Company’s largest customer accounted for 12.3% of total consolidated revenues before fuel surcharge during 2019. 
The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations and generally does not require collateral. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company has stock-based compensation plans that provide for grants of equity to its management in the form 
of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, performance 
units, and any other form established by the Compensation Committee. Stock-based compensation is recognized 
over  the  period  for  which  an  employee  is  required  to  provide  service  in  exchange  for  the  award.    Stock-based 
compensation expense is included in salaries, wages, and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive 
income. 

Claims and Insurance Accruals 

Claims and insurance accruals consist of cargo loss, physical damage, group health, liability (personal injury and 
property damage) and workers’ compensation claims and associated legal and other expenses within the Company’s 
established retention levels. Claims in excess of retention levels are generally covered by insurance in amounts the 
Company considers adequate. Claims accruals represent the uninsured portion of the loss and if we are the primary 
obligor,  the  insured  portion  of  pending  claims  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  plus  an  estimated  liability  for 
incurred but not reported claims and the associated expense. Accruals for cargo loss, physical damage, group health, 
liability  and  workers’  compensation  claims  are  estimated  based  on  the  Company’s  evaluation  of  the  type  and 
severity of individual claims and future development based on historical trends. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
the amount recorded for both workers’ compensation and auto liability were based in part upon actuarial studies 
performed by a third-party actuary. 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had a claim accrual and corresponding receivable for the amount 
above its self-insured retention of $0.4 million, which the Company believes should be sufficient to resolve the 
remaining claims. The Company believes the insurers will provide their portion of the remaining claims. 

68 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments -Credit Losses (Topic 326) amending how 
entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at 
fair value through net income. The guidance requires the application of a current expected credit loss model, which 
is a new impairment model based on expected losses. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting 
periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company believes the adoption of 
this guidance will not have a material impact on its financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the 
Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment,” which  eliminates  Step 2  from  the  goodwill  impairment  testing process.  Step 2 
measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the 
carrying amount. Under the new standard, a goodwill impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying 
value of a reporting unit over its fair value. The provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019. The Company has evaluated the provisions of the pronouncement and does not expect 
the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

On December 18, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, which modifies ASC 740 to simplify the accounting for 
income taxes. The amendments in ASU 2019-12 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. Early adoption of the standard is permitted, including 
adoption in interim or annual periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company has 
not early adopted this guidance and will continue to evaluate the impact on its financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” and has subsequently issued supplemental 
and/or  clarifying  ASUs  (collectively  “ASC  842”),  in  order  to  increase  transparency  and  comparability  by 
recognizing  lease  assets  and  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information  about  leasing 
arrangements. We adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective approach and applied the transition provisions 
with an effective date as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed on that date. Prior period results continue to be 
presented under ASC 840 based on the accounting originally in effect for such periods. We elected the “package 
of practical expedients” under ASC 842 which permits us to not reassess our historical assessments of (1) whether 
contracts  are  or  contain  leases,  (2) lease  classification  and  (3) initial  direct  costs.  We  also  elected  the  practical 
expedient to not reassess certain land easements. We did not elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient during 
the  transition  of  ASC  842.  Adoption  of  ASC  842  resulted  in  the  recording  of  operating  lease  ROU  assets  and 
corresponding operating lease liabilities of approximately $183.0 million. The adoption of ASC 842 also resulted 
in increased disclosure, including qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the nature, amount, timing, and 
uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases.  See  the  “Leases”  section  of  this  note  and  Note 10,  Leases  for 
additional information. 

3.        Income Taxes 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands): 

2019 

2018 
  $ (2,848)  $ 27,262   $  (27,722)
 6,598 
    6,704  
  $ (2,654)  $ 33,966   $  (21,124)

 194  

2017 

Domestic 
Mexico 

Income (loss) before Income Taxes 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
 
  
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

The income tax provision (benefit) for 2019, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following (in thousands): 

Current 

Federal 
State 
Mexico 

Deferred 
Federal 
State 
Mexico 

Income tax provision (benefit) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

 —   $  (1,358)  $ 

    (325) 
 —  
    (325) 

 911  
    2,616  
    2,169  

 (31)
 605 
 2,396 
 2,970 

   (21,190)
    (546) 
 79 
   1,260  
 954 
 —  
   (20,157)
 714  
 389   $   7,860   $  (17,187)

    5,113  
 788  
 (210) 
    5,691  

  $ 

A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) as reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive 
income to the amounts computed by applying federal statutory rate of 21% for 2019 and 2018 and 35% for 2017, 
respectively is as follows (in thousands): 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Federal income tax at statutory rate 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Nondeductible per diem paid to drivers 
Xpress Internacional activity 
Tax credits 
Provision to return adjustment 
Valuation allowance 
Foreign transition tax on deemed distribution 
Global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) 
Tax Act impact of federal rate change 
Basis difference on assets held for sale 
Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions and settlements   
Affirmative issue - imputed interest expense 
Non-taxable life insurance death benefit 
Expiration of federal capital loss carryforward 
Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation 
Deferred Mexican withholding tax 
Other, net 

  $ 

 (558)  $   7,132   $   (7,437)
 (597)
    1,319  
    1,633  
 2,476 
    1,182  
    1,173  
 76 
    1,616  
 (71) 
 (970)
   (1,611) 
   (1,341) 
 248 
 35  
 (138) 
 950 
    2,433  
 567  
 2,315 
 (30) 
 —  
 — 
    1,217  
 —  
   (14,723)
 —  
 —  
 — 
   (2,524) 
 —  
 146 
   (3,278) 
 (755) 
 (1,223)
    1,223  
 —  
 — 
   (1,004) 
 —  
 — 
    1,826  
 —  
 — 
 (651) 
 (459) 
 876 
 (876) 
 —  
 676 
 (149) 
 338  
 389   $   7,860   $  (17,187)

Income tax provision (benefit) 

  $ 

At December 31, 2018, our analysis is complete for amounts recorded related to the Act. The final amount of the 
one-time  transition  tax  imposed by  the Act was favorably adjusted by  $0.2  million  from  the  original  provision 
provided in the December 31, 2017 financial statements. There were no other material adjustments related to the 
impact of the Act. 

Prior  to  the  enactment  of  the  Tax  Act,  the  Company  was  indefinitely  reinvested  with  respect  to  undistributed 
earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries.  At  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  changed  its  assertion  and  established  a 
deferred tax liability of $0.9 million related to foreign withholding taxes that it would incur should it repatriate 
these historic earnings. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had an executed letter of intent to sell the stock of 
the  foreign  subsidiaries  for  which  it  had  previously  reflected  the  $0.9  million  deferred  tax  liability.  Since  the 
Company no longer expects to repatriate these earnings in the future and, instead, sold the stock of these foreign 
subsidiaries on January 17, 2019, it has fully reversed the related deferred tax liability. As a result of the Company’s 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

disposal of its interests in all foreign subsidiaries on January 17, 2019, there are no longer any undistributed earnings 
from foreign subsidiaries that can be indefinitely reinvested, 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, consists of the following (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Insurance and claims reserves 
Compensation and employee benefits 
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards 
Net capital loss carryforward 
Finance lease obligations 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Operating lease liabilities 
Notes receivable reserve 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Property and equipment 
Intangibles 
Prepaid license fees 
Right of use assets 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax liability 

2019 

2018 

  $  2,075   $  1,333 
    22,503 
 2,973 
    53,552 
 — 
 4,782 
 6,660 
 — 
 — 
 551 
 (5,826)
  $ 131,117   $  86,528 

    21,657  
 3,394  
    31,983  
 4,860  
 2,660  
 151  
 67,860  
 2,639  
 231  
 (6,393) 

 7,541  
 1,011  
 67,958  
 285  

  $  75,014   $  97,073 
 8,007 
 974 
 — 
 452 
  $ 151,809   $ 106,506 
  $  20,692   $  19,978 

The Company had approximately $22.0 million and $0 of federal capital loss carryforwards, $64.3 million and 
$177.7 million of federal operating loss carryforwards, $138.8 million and $122.3 million of state operating loss 
carryforwards and $0.5 million and $0.6 million of state tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.  Federal  operating  losses  created  before  2018  of  $24.6  million  expire  in  2037  while  federal  losses 
created  in  2019  of  $39.7  million  do  not  expire  and  may  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  The  federal  credit 
carryforward of $11.0 million will begin to expire in the years 2031 through 2039. The state loss carryforwards of 
$138.8 million begin to expire in the years 2020 and forward, depending on the state and may be used to offset 
otherwise taxable income. State tax credit carryforwards of $0.5 million expire in the years 2020 through 2028.  

The  Company  has  a  valuation  allowance  of  $6.4  million  and  $5.8  million  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively, to offset the tax benefit of certain state operating loss carryforwards, state credit carryforwards, and 
federal capital loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance increased by $0.6 million and $2.4 million during the 
years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018,  respectively,  due  to  the  addition  of  capital  loss 
carryforwards, and the change in certain separate company state operating loss carryforwards and certain state tax 
credit carryforwards which the Company does not currently believe it will be able to utilize before the applicable 
expiration date of each item. 

Deferred tax valuation 
allowances 

Fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2017 
December 31, 2018 
December 31, 2019 

  Balance at   
  beginning of  Charges to costs  Charges to other  
      period 

     and expenses      

accounts 

  Balance at end

     Deductions     

of period 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 3,530   $ 
 3,393   $ 
 5,826   $ 

 1,081   $ 
 5,654   $ 
 1,839   $ 

 —   $   1,218   $ 
 —   $   3,221   $ 
 —   $   1,272   $ 

 3,393 
 5,826 
 6,393 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
       
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
       
       
       
       
   
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a balance of unrecognized tax benefits 
of $0, $0.8 million and $5.5 million respectively, which is a component of other long-term liabilities. 

Beginning balance 
Additions based on tax positions taken in prior years 
Reductions due to settlements 
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of 
limitations 
Balance at December 31 

  $ 

2019 

2018 

2017 

 829   $   5,506   $   5,200 
 306 
 829  
—
— 

— 
 (829) 

— 
 —  $ 

  (5,506) 

—
 829   $   5,506 

  $ 

Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. This amounted to $0, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. 

Only tax years 2015 and forward remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions, other than 
the current IRS audit.  This audit is focused on amended federal income tax returns filed for 2009-2012 and relates 
only to reported changes in fuel tax credits and agricultural chemicals security credits. Due to events related to this 
IRS exam that occurred in 2018, the Company has released the reserve related to these items.  

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has settled all  uncertain tax positions with the applicable tax 

authorities.  

4.        Divesture of Xpress Internacional 

On January 17, 2019, we sold our 95% interest in Xpress Internacional as well as our equity method investments 
with operations in Mexico (Dylka Distribuciones Logisti-K, S.A. DE C.V. and XPS Logisti-K Systems, S.A.P.I. 
de  C.V.).  The  purchase  price  was  $4.5  million  in  cash,  a  $6.0  million  note  receivable  and  approximately  $2.5 
million in contingent consideration related to the completion of selling 110 tractors. The fair value of the tractors 
approximated $2.5 million on January 17, 2019. During 2019, we updated the fair value of the tractors to $1.7 
million from the previously recorded $2.5 million and recorded an additional net cash receivable for $1.6 million 
as a result of lower than expected purchase expenses at Xpress Internacional. The results of operations from the 
business classified as assets held for sale were not material to our consolidated revenues or consolidated operating 
income.  During  2018,  we  recognized  a  held  for  sale  impairment  in  the  amount  of  $11.6  million  related  to  the 
disposal group as the net carrying value exceeded the fair value. We recognized a subsequent gain during 2019 of 
$0.8 million. 

Amounts classified as assets and liabilities held for sale at December 31, 2018 related to the disposal group outlined 
above within the consolidated balance sheet are as follows (in thousands): 

Total current assets of business held for sale 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other assets 

Total disposal group assets held for sale 

Total current liabilities associated with assets held for sale 
Long-term liabilities associated with assets held for sale 

Total liabilities associated with assets of business held for sale 

Held for sale impairment charge 
Fair value of disposal group held for sale 

     $   28,038 
    10,635 
 994 
  $   39,667 
 6,856 
  $ 
 8,353 
  $   15,209 
    11,629 
  $   12,829 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

5.        Property and Equipment 

The cost and lives at December 31, 2019 and 2018, are as follows (in thousands): 

Approximate   
Lives 

Cost 

2019 

2018 

Land and land improvements 
Buildings and building improvements 
Revenue and service equipment 
Furniture and equipment 

Leasehold improvements 
Computer software 

   10 − 40 years  
   3 − 15 years  
3 − 7 years   
lesser of 
useful life or 
lease terms   
1 − 7 years   

       $  15,229     $  22,130 
    85,317 
   648,648 
    47,482 

    56,008  
   645,808  
    48,682  

    24,324  
    90,050  

    23,027 
    71,926 
  $ 880,101   $ 898,530 

The Company recognized $84.6 million, $85.9 million and $86.0 million in depreciation expense in 2019, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. The Company recognized $3.9 million, $7.1 million and $2.0 million of losses on the sale 
of equipment in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is included in depreciation and amortization expense in 
the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The Company enters into finance leases for certain revenue 
equipment with terms ranging from 24 - 100 months. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, property and equipment 
included  finance  leases  with  costs  of  $29.5  million  and  $39.5  million,  and  accumulated  amortization  of  $15.9 
million and $18.1 million, respectively. Amortization of finance leases is also included in depreciation expense. 
The Company recognized $4.1 million, $3.1 million and $3.8 million of computer software amortization expense 
in  2019,  2018 and  2017,  respectively.  Accumulated  amortization  for  computer  software  was  $64.2 million  and 
$60.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

6.        Goodwill 

Our U.S. Xpress and Total Transportation of Mississippi (“Total”) reporting units, both of which aggregate into 
our  Truckload  reportable  segment,  are  the  only  reporting  units  that  have  goodwill.  The  carrying  amounts  of 
goodwill are $52.8 million at U.S. Xpress and $4.9 million at Total at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

7.        Intangible Assets 

The gross amount of the customer relationships was $21.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
The Company recognized $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $1.6 million of amortization expense in 2019, 2018 and 
2017, respectively and accumulated amortization was $17.8 million and $16.1 million as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018, respectively. The weighted average remaining useful life for the customer relationships was 3.3 and 4.0 
years at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The gross carrying value of the indefinite lived trade names was $23.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. 

Scheduled amortization expense related to customer relationships for future years is as follows (in thousands): 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

8.        Equity Investments 

Customer  

      Relationship 
 1,679 
   $ 
 1,393 
 345 
 345 
 115 
 — 
 3,877 

  $ 

At December 31, 2018 the Company had a 38% ownership in XPS Logisti-K Systems, S.A.P.I. de C.V. (“Logisti-
K”), a Mexican based third party logistics business with the remaining 62% interest is owned by management of 
Logisti-K, and a 30% neutral investment in Dylka (Distribuciones Logisti-K S.A. de C. V. (“Dylka”), an intra-
Mexican carrier with the remaining 70% interest owned by the management of Dylka with these shareholders also 
representing 42% ownership of Logisti-K. The Company had provided the combined companies a $5.0 million 
working capital loan. At December 31, 2018, the outstanding amount of the working capital loan was $4.9 million 
plus accrued interest. On January 17, 2019, we sold our investments in Logisti-K and Dylka in conjunction with 
the sale of Xpress Internacional and entered into promissory notes for the working capital loan plus interest. The 
notes have scheduled monthly payments and mature in April 2029. As of December 31, 2019, Logisti-K and Dylka 
were in compliance with the terms of the notes. 

During 2011 and 2012, the Company obtained common unit ownership interests in DriverTech, LLC (DriverTech). 
DriverTech  is  a  provider  of  onboard  computers  designed  for  in-cab  use  and  related  software  for  the  trucking 
industry. The Company owns 20.73% and certain members of management of the Company own 12.00%. The 
remaining  67.27%  is  owned  by  other  investors.  The  carrying value of our  investment  in  DriverTech  was $0  at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

In conjunction with the sale of Arnold Transportation, Inc. (Arnold) to Parker Global Enterprises, Inc. (Parker), the 
Company received common stock representing 45% of the outstanding equity interests of Parker. The investment 
in Parker is accounted for under the equity method of accounting and was initially recognized at fair value of $10.4 
million on January 2, 2013. The carrying amount of the Company’s investment in Parker was $0 as of December 
31, 2019 and 2018. In February 2020, we sold our interest in Parker to the management of Parker.  

In April 2015, we sold our interest in XGS and received common stock representing 10% of the outstanding equity 
interests of XGS valued at $0.2 million, and $5.0 million preferred stock. The investment in XGS was accounted 
for under the equity method of accounting and was initially recognized at fair value of $5.2 million on April 13, 
2015.  During  December  2018,  the  Company’s  residual  10%  investment  along  with  our  preferred  stock  was 
extinguished and we recognized an impairment charge of $0.9 million. 

Summarized financial information for the Company’s equity investments aggregated as of December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 is as follows (in thousands): 

(in thousands) 
Current assets 
Non-current assets 

Total Assets 

Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Total Liabilities 
Net Liabilities 

As of December 31,  
2018 
2019 

    $  12,976     $  23,325 
 29,297 
 52,622 

 14,704  
 27,680  

 34,302  
 62,058  
 96,360  

 54,733 
 83,085 
 137,818 
  $ (68,680)  $  (85,196)

74 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Total operating revenue 
Operating expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Net loss 

9.       Long-Term Debt 

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2017 
2018 
2019 

    $ 115,501     $  158,414     $ 243,311 
   247,384 
 (4,073)
  $  (12,512)   $   (3,679)  $  (12,023)

   122,459  
 (6,958)  

   151,523  
 6,891  

Long-term debt at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consists of the following (in thousands): 

Line of credit, maturing June 2023 
Term loan agreement, interest rate of 4.3% and 4.8% at December 31, 
2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, maturing June 2023 
Revenue equipment installment notes with finance  companies, weighted 
average interest rate of 4.7% and 5.0% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
due in monthly installments with final maturities at various dates through 
February 2026, secured by related revenue equipment with a net book 
value of $220.4 million and $197.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018 
Mortgage note payables, interest rates ranging from 6.26% to 6.99% at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 due in monthly installments with final 
maturities at various dates through September 2031, secured by real estate 
with a net book value of $20.2 million and $24.1 million at December 31, 
2019 and 2018 
Other 

Less: Debt issuance costs 
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt 

Credit Facilities 

  $ 

      December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018
 — 
 —   $ 
  $ 

 150,000  

 195,000 

 208,252  

 184,867 

 17,776  
 8,795  
 384,823  
 (1,223)  
 (75,596)  
 308,004   $ 

 18,861 
 6,872 
 405,600 
 (1,347)
 (106,383)
 297,870 

In June 2018, we entered into a credit facility that contained a $150.0 million revolving component and a $200.0 
million term loan component. The credit facility contained an accordion feature that, so long as no event of default 
existed, allowed us to request an increase in the borrowing amounts under the revolving facility or the term facility 
by a combined maximum amount of $75.0 million. Borrowings under the credit facility were classified as either 
“base rate loans” or “Eurodollar rate loans.” Base rate loans accrued interest at a base rate equal to the agent’s 
prime rate plus an applicable margin that was set at 1.25% through September 30, 2018 and adjusted quarterly 
thereafter between 0.75% and 1.50% based on our consolidated net leverage ratio. Eurodollar rate loans will accrue 
interest at London Interbank Offered Rate, or a comparable or successor rate approved by the administrative agent, 
plus  an  applicable  margin  that  was  set  at  2.25%  through  September 30,  2018  and  adjusted  quarterly  thereafter 
between 1.75% and 2.50% based on our consolidated net leverage ratio. The credit facility required payment of a 
commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving facility commitment of between 0.25% and 0.35% based 
on  our  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio.  In  addition,  the  revolving  facility  included,  within  its  $150.0  million 
revolving credit facility, a letter of credit sub facility in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million and a swingline sub 
facility  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  $15.0  million.  The  term  facility  had  scheduled  quarterly  principal  payments 
between 1.25% and 2.50% of the original face amount of the term facility plus any additional amount borrowed 
pursuant to the accordion feature of the term facility, with the first such payment occurring on the last day of our 
fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2018. The Credit Facility was scheduled to mature on June 18, 2023. 

Borrowings under the credit facility were prepayable at any time without premium and are subject to mandatory 
prepayment from the net proceeds of certain asset sales and other borrowings. The credit facility was secured by a 
pledge of substantially all of our assets, excluding, among other things, certain real estate and revenue equipment 
financed outside the credit facility. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

The credit facility contained restrictive covenants including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to incur 
additional indebtedness or issue guarantees, to create liens on our assets, to make distributions on or redeem equity 
interests, to make investments, to transfer or sell properties or other assets and to engage in mergers, consolidations, 
or acquisitions. In addition, the credit facility required us to meet specified financial ratios and tests, including a 
maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. 

At December 31, 2019, the Revolving Facility had issued collateralized letters of credit in the face amount of $32.7 
million, with $0 borrowings outstanding and $117.3 million available to borrow and the Term Facility had $150.0 
million outstanding. 

On January 28, 2020, we entered into a new credit facility (the “Credit Facility”)and contemporaneously with the 
funding of the Credit Facility paid off obligations under our then existing credit facility and terminated such facility. 
The Credit Facility is a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, with an uncommitted accordion feature that, so 
long as no event of default exists, allows the Company to request an increase in the revolving credit facility of up 
to $75.0 million. 

The Credit Facility is a five-year facility scheduled to terminate on January 28, 2025.  Borrowings under the Credit 
Facility are classified as either “base rate loans” or “eurodollar rate loans”.  Base rate loans accrue interest at a base 
rate equal to the highest of (A) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (B) the Agent’s prime rate, and (C) LIBOR plus 
1.00%  plus  an  applicable  margin  that  is  set  at  0.50%  through  June  30,  2020  and  adjusted  quarterly  thereafter 
between 0.25% and 0.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to the daily 
average of the lesser of the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility.  Eurodollar rate loans accrue interest at 
LIBOR  plus  an  applicable  margin  that  is  set  at  1.50%  through  June  30,  2020  and  adjusted  quarterly  thereafter 
between 1.25% and 1.75% based on the ratio of the daily average availability under the Credit Facility to the daily 
average of the lesser of the borrowing base or the revolving credit facility.  The Credit Facility includes, within its 
$250.0 million revolving credit facility, a letter of credit sub-facility in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million and 
a swingline sub-facility in an aggregate amount of $25.0 million.  An unused line fee of 0.25% is applied to the 
average daily amount by which the lenders’ aggregate revolving commitments exceed the outstanding principal 
amount of revolver loans and aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit 
Facility.  The Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding, among 
other things, any real estate or revenue equipment financed outside the Credit Facility. 

Borrowings under the new Credit Facility are subject to a borrowing base limited to the lesser of (A) $250.0 million; 
or (B) the sum of (i) 87.5% of eligible billed accounts receivable, plus (ii) 85.0% of eligible unbilled accounts 
receivable (less than 30 days), plus (iii) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value percentage applied to the net 
book value of eligible revenue equipment, plus (iv) the lesser of (a) 80.0% the fair market value of eligible real 
estate or (b) $25.0 million.  The Credit Facility contains a single springing financial covenant, which requires a 
consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The financial covenant is tested only in the event 
excess availability under the Credit Facility is less than the greater of (A) 10.0% of the lesser of the borrowing base 
or revolving credit facility or (B) $20.0 million  

The Credit Facility includes usual and customary events of default for a facility of this nature and provides that, 
upon  the occurrence  and  continuation of  an  event of default,  payment  of  all  amounts payable  under the  Credit 
Facility may be accelerated, and the lenders’ commitments may be terminated.  The Credit Facility contains certain 
restrictions and covenants relating to, among other things, dividends, liens, acquisitions and dispositions, affiliate 
transactions, and other indebtedness. 

Old Term Loan Agreement 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had an outstanding term loan in the amount of $193.2 million.  

In  June 2018, the  Company repaid  this  term  loan with  proceeds  from  the  offering  and  incurred  a  loss on  early 
extinguishment of debt. The loss resulted from the write-off of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of 
$0.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively, payment of fees to lenders of $1.4 million and third party fees of $0.1 
million. 

76 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Old Line of Credit 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had $29.3 million outstanding on its $155.0 million senior secured revolving 
credit facility.  

In June 2018, in connection with the offering and entering into the New Credit Facility, the Company repaid and 
terminated this revolving credit facility and incurred a loss on early extinguishment of debt. The loss resulted from 
the write-off of debt issuance costs of $0.2 million and payment of fees to lenders of $0.1 million. 

Debt Maturities 

As of December 31, 2019, the scheduled principal payments of long-term debt, excluding unamortized discount 
and debt issuance costs and finance leases are as follows (in thousands): 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

10.       Leases 

     $ 

 75,596 
 42,602 
 61,874 
    179,403 
 3,904 
 21,444 
  $   384,823 

We have operating and finance leases with terms of 1 year to 15 years for certain revenue and service equipment 
and office and terminal facilities. 

The table below presents the lease-related assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet (in thousands): 

Leases 
Assets 

Operating 
Finance 

Total leased assets 

Liabilities 
Current 

Operating 
Finance 
Noncurrent 
Operating 
Finance 

     Classification 

   Operating lease right-of-use assets 
   Property and equipment, net 

    December 31, 2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 276,618 
 13,641 
 290,259 

   Current portion of operating lease liabilities 
   Current maturities of long-term debt and finance leases 

  $ 

 69,866 
 4,651 

 206,357 
 6,570 
 287,444 

   Noncurrent operating lease liabilities 
   Long-term debt and finance leases, net of current maturities 

Total lease liabilities 

  $ 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
    
   
 
  
      
 
 
 
 
   
      
 
  
   
      
 
  
   
 
  
      
 
  
 
 
  
  
      
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

The  table  below  presents  certain  information  related  to  the  lease  costs  for  finance  and  operating  leases  (in 
thousands): 

Lease Cost 
Operating lease cost 
Finance lease cost: 

    Classification 
   Vehicle rents and General and other operating   $ 

     December 31, 2019  
 81,467  

Year 

Ended 

Amortization of finance lease assets 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Short-term lease cost 
Total lease cost 

   Depreciation and amortization 
   Interest expense 
   General and other operating 

 3,102  
 1,093  
 4,111  
 89,773  

     $ 

Cash Flow Information 

Cash paid for operating leases included in operating activities 
Cash paid for finance leases included in operating activities 
Cash paid for finance leases included in financing activities 

Year 

  Ended December 

31, 2019 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 81,467 
 1,093 
 9,049 

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations 
Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities relieved in conjunction with 
divesture of Xpress Internacional 

  $ 

 170,855 

  $ 

 2,018 

Lease Term and Discount Rate 
Operating leases 
Finance leases 

  Weighted�Average  Weighted- 
Average 
  Remaining Lease   
    Discount Rate  
Term (years) 
 4.4 %
 5.4 %

 5.0   
 3.3   

As of December 31, 2019, future maturities of lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands): 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

Less:  Amount representing interest 
Total 

December 31, 2019 

      Finance 
  $ 

      Operating  
 5,217   $   80,628 
 71,656 
 4,081  
 59,215 
 1,423  
 43,588 
 1,423  
 20,245 
 296  
 35,523 
 —  
   310,855 
    12,440  
    (34,632)
    (1,219) 
  $  11,221   $  276,223 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company entered into a sale leaseback transaction involving three terminals. 
The Company received proceeds of $23.5 million from the sale of the terminals which was used to pay down our 
term loan. The Company will lease back the terminals with an initial lease term of fifteen years at an approximate 
initial annual rate of $1.7 million that increases by 1.7% per year throughout the term. The Company accounted for 
the leases as operating leases and recorded a right of use asset and operating lease liability in the amount of $20.8 
million. The transaction resulted in a gain of approximately $1.2 million which is included in (gain) loss on sale of 
property.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
      
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Rental expense under noncancelable operating leases during 2018 and 2017 was approximately $78.5 million and 
$75.7 million, respectively. Certain revenue equipment leases provide for guarantees by the Company of a portion 
of the specified residual value at the end of the lease term. The maximum potential amount of future payments 
(undiscounted) under these guarantees is approximately $91.5 million at December 31, 2019. The residual value of 
a  portion  of  the  related  leased  revenue  equipment  is  covered  by  repurchase  or  trade  agreements  between  the 
Company and the equipment manufacturer. 

11.       Related-Party Transactions 

The Company had a $25.5 million note payable to a limited liability company controlled by certain officers of the 
Company as of December 31, 2017. The Company repaid the note in the amount of $26.6 million which included 
paid in kind interest of $8.6 million as of June 2018. 

The Company leased a terminal facility from entities owned by the two principal stockholders of New Mountain 
Lake  and  their  respective  family  trusts.  The  lease  agreement  was  set  to  expire  in  2020.  Rent  expense  of 
approximately $0.5 million and $0.9 million was recognized in connection with these leases during 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. In June 2018, the Company purchased the terminal facility for $7.5 million with proceeds from the 
offering. 

The Company and two principal stockholders of the Company collectively own 32.73% of the outstanding stock 
of DriverTech. Total payments by the Company to this provider were $2.4 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million 
in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, primarily for communications hardware. This product is designed specifically 
for in-cab use on a Windows platform to enhance communications with the driver. 

In connection with the sale of Arnold to Parker, the Company entered into a number of agreements with Parker. 
Under  the  Transition  Services  Agreement,  the  Company  agreed  to  perform  certain  services  for  Parker,  such  as 
accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology and others. Parker paid the Company approximately 
$0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million under this agreement during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The Company entered into a ten-year lease with Arnold for the use of real property located in Grand Prairie, Texas. 
Arnold paid the Company approximately $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million under these agreements during 
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

During 2019, the Company converted $5.0 million in trade receivables to a promissory note and under the note 
advanced an additional $2.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2019, Company recorded a $6.8 million impairment 
charge as the collectability of the note was remote. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $0.2 million and $3.1 million 
was  due  from  Arnold  and  was  included  in  other  receivables  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets, 
respectively. 

12.        Commitments and Contingencies 

The  Company  is  party  to  certain  legal  proceedings  incidental  to  its  business.  The  ultimate  disposition  of  these 
matters,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  based  in part on the  advice  of  legal  counsel,  is  not  expected  to  have a 
materially adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

For the cases described below, management is unable to provide a meaningful estimate of the possible loss or range 
of loss because, among other reasons, (1) the proceedings are in various stages; (2) damages have not been sought; 
(3) damages  are  unsupported and/or  exaggerated;  (4) there is  uncertainty as  to  the outcome  of  the proceedings, 
including pending appeals; and/or (5) there are significant factual issues to be resolved. For these cases, however, 
management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of these proceedings 
will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition,  though  the  outcomes  could  be  material  to  our 
operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. 

79 

 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

California Wage and Hour Class Action Litigation 

On  December 23,  2015,  a  class  action  lawsuit  was  filed  against  us  and  our  subsidiary  U.S.  Xpress, Inc.  in  the 
Superior Court of California, County of San Bernardino. The case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the 
Central District of California. The putative class includes current and former truck drivers employed by us who 
worked or work in California after the completion of their training while residing in California since December 23, 
2011 to present. The case alleges that class members were not paid for off-the-clock work, were not provided duty 
free meal or break times, and were not paid premium pay in their absence, were not paid minimum wage for all 
hours worked, were not provided accurate and complete time and pay records and were not paid all accrued wages 
at the end of their employment, all in violation of California law. The class seeks a judgment for compensatory 
damages and penalties, injunctive relief, attorney fees and costs and pre- and post-judgment interest. On May 2, 
2019, the court dismissed on grounds of preemption the claims alleging failure to provide duty free meal and rest 
breaks or to pay premium pay for failure to provide such breaks under California law. The parties have also filed 
cross-motions for summary judgment on the remaining claims, and the Company has filed a motion to decertify 
the  class.  The parties  are  completing  supplemental  briefing on  those  motions, and  the  court  has  scheduled oral 
argument on the motions. The matter is currently in discovery, and a jury trial has set to begin on September 1, 
2020. We are currently not able to predict the probable outcome or to reasonably estimate a range of potential 
losses, if any. We intend to vigorously defend the merits of these claims. 

Stockholder Claims 

As set forth below, between November 2018 and April 2019, eight substantially similar putative securities class 
action complaints were filed against us and certain other defendants: five in the Circuit Court of Hamilton County, 
Tennessee (“Tennessee State Court Cases”), two in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Tennessee 
(“Federal Court Cases”), and one in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (“New York State Court Case”). 
Two of the Tennessee State Court Cases and one of the Federal Court Cases have been voluntarily dismissed. All 
of these matters are in preliminary stages of litigation, and discovery has not yet begun. We are currently not able 
to predict the probable outcome or to reasonably estimate a range of potential losses, if any. 

On  November 21,  2018,  a  putative  class  action  complaint  was  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  of  Hamilton  County, 
Tennessee against us, five of our officers or directors, and the seven underwriters who participated in our June 2018 
initial  public  offering  (“IPO”),  alleging  violations  of  Sections  11  and  15  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the 
“Securities Act”). The class action lawsuit is based on allegations that the Company made false and/or misleading 
statements in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) 
in connection with the IPO. The lawsuit is purportedly brought on behalf of a putative class of all persons or entities 
who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant and/or traceable to the IPO, 
and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) on behalf of 
the putative class. 

On  January 23,  2019,  a  substantially  similar  putative  class  action  complaint  was  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  of 
Hamilton County, Tennessee, by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act 
against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018. On March 7, 2019, this case was 
voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiff. 

On  January 30,  2019,  a  substantially  similar  putative  class  action  complaint  was  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  of 
Hamilton County, Tennessee, by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act 
against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018, and also alleging a claim under 
Section 12 of the Securities Act. 

On  February 5,  2019,  a  substantially  similar  putative  class  action  complaint  was  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  of 
Hamilton County, Tennessee, by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act 
against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018, and also alleging a claim under 
Section 12 of the Securities Act. 

80 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

On  February 6,  2019,  a  substantially  similar  putative  class  action  complaint  was  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  of 
Hamilton County, Tennessee, by different plaintiffs alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act 
against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018. On March 19, 2019, this case was 
voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiff. 

On March 8, 2019, a substantially similar putative class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for 
the Eastern District of Tennessee by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities 
Act against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018. On May 9, 2019, this case 
was voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiff. 

On March 14, 2019, a substantially similar putative class action complaint was filed in the Supreme Court of the 
State of New York, County of New York, by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the 
Securities Act against the same defendants as in the action commenced on November 21, 2018. The parties have 
stipulated to extend the time for defendants to respond to the complaint in this matter pending resolution of the 
motions to dismiss filed (or to be filed) in the remaining of the Tennessee State Court Cases and the Federal Court 
Cases. 

On April 2, 2019, a substantially similar putative class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the 
Eastern District of Tennessee, by a different plaintiff alleging claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act 
against  us  and  the  same  five  of  our  officers  and  directors  as  in  the  action  commenced  on  November 21,  2018. 
Unlike the previously filed complaints, this complaint did not name as defendants any of the seven underwriters 
who participated in our IPO; however, an amended complaint was filed on October 8, 2019 (“Amended Federal 
Complaint”) which added all underwriters who participated in the IPO as defendants. 

The  three  remaining  Tennessee  State  Court  Cases  have  been  consolidated,  and  discovery  is  currently  stayed 
pending a decision on a motion to dismiss filed by the Company and the other defendants. On July 18, 2019, the 
court presiding over the remaining of the Federal Court Cases issued an order appointing lead plaintiff and lead 
counsel. Pursuant to a stipulation entered in that matter, the appointed lead plaintiff filed the Amended Federal 
Complaint on October 8, 2019.   

The Amended Federal Complaint is made on behalf of a putative class that consists of all persons who purchased 
or otherwise acquired the Class A common stock of USX between June 14, 2018 and November 1, 2018 and who 
were  allegedly  damaged  thereby.  In  addition,  the  Amended  Federal  Complaint  alleges  additional  violations  of 
Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) against the Company, its Chief 
Executive Office and its Chief Financial Officer. On December 23, 2019, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss 
the Amended Federal Complaint in its entirety for failure to allege facts sufficient to state a claim under either the 
Securities Act or the Exchange Act. 

The complaints in all the actions listed above allege that the Company made false and/or misleading statements in 
the registration statement and prospectus filed with the SEC in connection with the IPO, and that, as a result of 
such alleged statements, the plaintiffs and the members of the putative classes suffered damages. The Amended 
Federal  Complaint  additionally  alleges  that  the  Company,  its  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  its  Chief  Financial 
Officer made false and/or misleading statements and/or material omissions in press releases, earnings calls, investor 
conferences, television interviews, and filings made with the SEC subsequent to the IPO. We believe the allegations 
made in the complaints are without merit and intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters. 

Stockholder Derivative Action 

On June 7, 2019, a stockholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the District Court for Clark County, Nevada against 
five of our executives and all five of our independent board members (collectively, the “Individual Defendants”), 
and  naming  the  Company  as  a  nominal  defendant.  The  complaint  alleges  that  the  Company  made  false  and/or 
misleading statements in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the SEC in connection with the IPO 
and that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties by causing or allowing the Company to make 
such statements. The complaint alleges that the Company has been damaged by the alleged wrongful conduct as a 
result of, among other things, being subjected to the time and expense of the securities class action lawsuits that 

81 

 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

have been filed relating to the IPO. In addition to a claim for alleged breach of fiduciary duties, the lawsuit alleges 
claims against the Individual Defendants for unjust enrichment, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste 
of corporate assets. The parties have stipulated to a stay of this proceeding pending the filing of an answer or a 
dismissal in the remaining of the Tennessee State Court Cases or the Federal Court Cases. This matter is in the 
preliminary stages of litigation and discovery has not yet begun. We are currently not able to predict the probable 
outcome  or  to  reasonably  estimate  a  range  of  potential  losses,  if  any.  We  believe  the  allegations  made  in  the 
complaint are without merit and intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters. 

Independent Contractor Class Action 

On March 26, 2019, a putative class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District 
of Tennessee against us and our subsidiaries U.S. Xpress, Inc. and U.S. Xpress Leasing, Inc. The putative class 
includes all individuals who performed work for U.S. Xpress, Inc. or U.S. Xpress Leasing, Inc. as lease drivers 
from March 26, 2016 to present. The complaint alleges that independent contractors are improperly designated as 
such  and  should  be  designated  as  employees  and  thus  subject  to  the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  (“FLSA”).  The 
complaint further alleges that U.S. Xpress, Inc.’s pay practices with regard to the putative class members violated 
the minimum wage provisions of the FLSA for the period from March 26, 2016 to present. The complaint further 
alleges that we violated the requirements of the Truth in Leasing Act with regard to the independent contractor 
agreements and lease purchase agreements we entered into with the putative class members. The complaint further 
alleges  that  we  failed  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  independent  contractor  agreements  and  lease  purchase 
agreements  entered  into  with  the  putative  class  members,  that  we  violated  the  provisions  of  the  Tennessee 
Consumer Protection Act in advertising, describing and marketing the lease purchase program to the putative class 
members, and that we were unjustly enriched as a result of the foregoing allegations. The defendants filed a Motion 
to Compel Arbitration on October 18, 2019. On January 17, 2020, the court granted defendants’ motion, in part, 
compelling arbitration on all of plaintiff’s claims and denying plaintiff’s motion for conditional certification of a 
collective action. The court further stayed the matter pending arbitration, rather than dismissing it entirely. There 
has been no discovery in this matter, and we are currently not able to predict the probable outcome or to reasonably 
estimate a range of potential losses, if any. We believe the allegations made in the complaint are without merit and 
intend to defend ourselves vigorously against the complaints relating to such actions. 

The Company has letters of credit of $32.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2019. The letters of credit are 
maintained primarily to support the Company’s insurance program. 

The Company had cancelable commitments outstanding at December 31, 2019 to acquire revenue equipment for 
approximately  $111.2  million  in  2020.  These  purchase  commitments  are  expected  to  be  financed  by  operating 
leases, long-term debt, proceeds from sales of existing equipment, and cash flows from operations. 

13.        Share-based Compensation 

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

In June 2018, the Board approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) to become effective in 
connection with the offering. The Company has reserved an aggregate of 3.2 million shares of its Class A common 
stock for issuance of awards under the Incentive Plan. Participants in the Incentive Plan will be selected by the 
Compensation  Committee  from  the  executive  officers,  directors,  employees  and  consultants  of  the  Company. 
Awards under the Incentive Plan may be made in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, 
restricted stock units, performance awards, performance units, and any other form established by the Compensation 
Committee pursuant to the Incentive Plan. 

82 

 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

The following is a summary of the Incentive Plan restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity from June 13, 
2018 to December 31, 2019: 

Weighted 

Unvested at June 13, 2018 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2018 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2019 

Units 

 —   $ 

  Number of   Average Grant 
     Date Fair Value
 — 
 14.30 
 16.00 
 14.20 
 7.53 
 11.42 
 9.17 
 8.73 

 287,232  
 (16,490) 
 270,742   $ 
 902,285  
    (125,621) 
    (139,318) 

 908,088   $ 

Service based restricted stock grants vest over periods of one to five years and account for 648,088 of the unvested 
shares. Performance based awards account for 260,000 of the unvested shares and vest based upon achievement of 
certain performance goals, as defined by the Company. The Company recognized compensation expense related to 
service  based  awards  of  $2.2  million  and  $1.0  million  during  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  The  Company 
recognized  compensation  expense  of  $0.3  million  related  to  performance  awards.  At  December  31,  2019,  the 
Company  had  $4.3  million  in  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  the  service  based  restricted  stock 
awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years.  

The following is a summary of the Incentive Plan stock option activity from June 13, 2018 to December 31, 2019: 

Weighted 

Unvested at June 13, 2018 
Granted 
Forfeited/Canceled 
Unvested at December 31, 2018 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited/Canceled 
Unvested at December 31, 2019 

 —   $ 

  Number of   Average Grant 
     Date Fair Value
     Units 
—
 6.09 
 6.09 
 6.09 
 4.41 
 6.09 
 6.09 
 4.95 

    192,203  
 (14,943) 
    177,260   $ 
    244,785  
 (44,312) 
 (18,474) 
    359,259   $ 

The  stock  options  vest  over  a  period  of  four years  and  expire  ten years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  Company 
recognized compensation expense of $0.6 million and $0.3 million during 2019 and 2018, respectively. The fair 
value  of  the  stock  option  grant  was  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  method  as  of  the  grant  date  using  the 
following assumptions: 

Strike price 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Expected term (in years) 

    $ 

2019 
2018 
 9.40   $  16.00  
 2.50 %  
 0 %  

2.91 %
0 %
    45.65 %   32.67 %

 6.25  

6.25  

At December 31, 2019, the Company had $1.2 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to the stock 
option awards which is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 2.9 years. As of December 31, 
2019, 38,155 options were exercisable with an exercise price of $16.00 and a remaining contractual life of 8.5 
years. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Stock Appreciation Rights 

In June 2015, the Company approved the 2015 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan. The purpose of the plan was to 
attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to provide incentive to 
employees to promote the success of the Company’s business. Each holder of an award had the right to receive a 
cash payment amounting to the difference between the grant price and the fair market value of the Company’s Class 
A common stock on the exercise date. These awards were subject to time-based and performance-based vesting 
conditions. For each grant, the number of shares awarded was determined based on a performance condition relating 
to certain financial results of the Company. Awards granted vested ratably over a service period of 5 years. The 
awards  were  accounted  for  as  liability  classified  compensatory  awards  under  ASC  710  and  valued  using  the 
intrinsic value method, as permitted by ASC 718 for nonpublic entities, with changes to the value recognized as 
compensation expense during each reporting period. 

In conjunction with the offering, the Company vested all remaining stock appreciation rights (“SARS”) and settled 
the resulting liabilities related thereto. As a result, the Company recorded additional compensation expense in the 
amount of $3.2 million in the second quarter of 2018. 

The following is a summary of the Company’s SARS activity for 2018 and 2017: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled or expired 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled or expired 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 

    Number of       Grant Date 
  Exercise Price
 9.95 
 — 
 9.95 
 9.95 
 9.95 
 — 
 9.95 
 9.95 
 — 

Units 
 72,500  
 —  
 (2,175) 
 (5,075) 
 65,250  
 —  
    (63,250) 
 (2,000) 
 —  

The  Company  recognized  compensation  expense  of  $3.4  million  and  $0.3  million  during  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. 

Restricted Stock Units 

In  August  2008,  the  U.S.  Xpress  Enterprises  board  approved  the  2008  Restricted  Stock  Plan  that  provided  for 
restricted membership unit awards in New Mountain Lake in order to compensate the Company’s employees and 
to promote the success of the Company’s business.   

Redeemable restricted units were subject to certain put rights at the option of the holder or upon the occurrence of 
an event that was not solely under the control of the Company. Under the terms of the stock plan, a portion of the 
units held by employees of the Company for at least nine months could be put back to the Company at the option 
of the holder during a specified period each year and under certain circumstances after termination. These equity 
instruments were redeemable at fair value and were classified as temporary equity on the 2017 consolidated balance 
sheets in accordance with ASC 480. 

As part of  the Reorganization  (see Note  1), all  of  the redeemable  restricted units of  New  Mountain  Lake were 
converted  into  restricted  stock  units  of  the  Company,  with  the  same  vesting  schedules.  Therefore,  we  refer  to 
redeemable restricted units issued prior to the Reorganization as restricted stock units. At the time of conversion, 
the restricted stock unit amounts were reclassified to additional paid in capital. The following is a summary of the 
Company’s restricted stock unit activity for 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Unvested at December 31, 2016 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2017 
Granted 
Vested-pre IPO 
Forfeited-pre IPO 
Unvested at June 13, 2018 
Conversion in connection with IPO 
Unvested-post IPO 
Vested-post IPO 
Forfeited-post IPO 
Unvested at December 31, 2018 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2019 

  Number of    Weighted 
Units 
      Average 
 237,500   $  6.79 
   10.37 
 292,500  
 6.62 
 (69,333) 
 7.69 
 (14,667) 
 9.14 
 446,000  
 — 
 —  
 7.74 
 (105,307) 
 7.52 
 (6,667) 
 9.62 
 334,026  
 4.6666667  
 2.06 
 1,558,787  
 2.67 
 (144,667) 
 1.99 
 (12,446) 
 2.00 
 1,401,674  
 1.70 
 (454,893) 
 (103,893) 
 2.15 
 842,888   $  2.14 

The  vesting  schedule  for  these  restricted  unit  grants  range  from  3  to  7  years.  The  Company  recognized 
compensation expense of $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At 
December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $1.4 million in unrecognized compensation expense related 
to restricted units, which is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 3.9 years. The fair value of 
the restricted units and corresponding compensation expense was determined using the income approach. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In June 2018, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) became effective. The Company has reserved an 
aggregate of 2.3 million shares of its Class A common stock for issuance of under the ESPP. Eligible employees 
may  elect  to  purchase  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  through  payroll  deductions  up  to  15%  of  eligible 
compensation. The purchase price of the shares during each offering period will be 85% of the lower of the fair 
market value of our Class A common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or the last trading day 
of the offering period. The common stock will be purchased in January and July of each year. The first offering 
period  commenced  on  January  1, 2019  and  we  recognized  compensation  expense of $0.2  million  during  2019, 
associated with the plan. In July 2019, employees purchased 79,940 shares of the Company’s Class A common 
stock for $4.37 per share.          

14.       Employee Benefit Plan 

The  Company  has  a  401(k)  retirement  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees  of  the  Company,  whereby 
participants  may  contribute  a  percentage  of  their  compensation,  as  allowed  under  applicable  laws.  The  Plan 
provides for discretionary  matching  contributions by  the Company.  Participants  are  100% vested  in participant 
contributions. The Company recognized $2.3 million, $1.7 million and $1.7 million in expense under this employee 
benefit plan each year for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The Company has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows eligible employees to defer a portion of 
their compensation. Participants can defer up to 85% of their base salary and up to 100% of their bonus for the 
year. Each participant is fully vested in all deferred compensation and earnings; however, these amounts are subject 
to general creditor claims until distributed to the participant. The total liability under the deferred compensation 
plan was $3.3 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and is included in other long-term 
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company purchased life insurance policies to fund 
the future liability. The life insurance policies had a value of $2.8 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 

85 

 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

2019 and 2018, respectively and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. During 2018, the 
Company recorded a death benefit gain of $4.0 million for one of its insured. 

15.       Fair Value Measurements 

Accounting standards, among other things, define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and 
expand disclosure about such fair value measurements. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on 
one or more of three valuation techniques provided for in the standards. 

The standards clarify that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset, 
based on the highest and best use of the asset, or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions 
that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for evaluating such assumptions, the 
standards establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs in measuring fair value as follows: 

Level  1           Inputs  are  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  that  the 
Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is defined as a market 
in  which  transactions  for  the  assets  or  liabilities  occur  with  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to 
provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. 

Level  2          Inputs  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities  in  active  markets,  quoted  prices  for 
identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active (markets with few transactions), 
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield 
curves,  etc.),  and  inputs  that  derived  principally  from  or  corroborated  by  observable  market  data 
correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs). 

Level  3          Unobservable  inputs,  only  used  to  the  extent  that  observable  inputs  are  not  available,  reflect  the 

Company’s assumptions about the pricing of an asset or liability. 

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities measured at fair value using 
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017(in thousands): 

Year Ended  
December 31,  
2018 

2019 

2017 

Balance at beginning of year 
Divesture of Xpress Internacional 
Forward Contract Adjustment 
Balance at end of period 

  $   1,793   $  1,985   $  2,683 
 — 
   (1,793) 
 —  
    (698)
 —   $  1,793   $  1,985 

 —  
    (192) 

  $ 

During 2016, the Company purchased a 5% interest in Xpress Internacional for $2.2 million and had a commitment 
to purchase the remaining 5% interest no later than 2020, based on an earnings calculation. The obligation was 
considered  a  physically  settled  forward  contract  and  the  commitment  liability  was  included  in  other  accrued 
liabilities  and  other  long-term  liabilities  on  the  accompanying  balance  sheets.  In  January  2019,  the  Company 
disposed  of  its  interest  in  Xpress  Internacional  and  the  commitment  was  reclassified  to  long  term  liabilities 
associated with assets held for sale at December 31, 2018. This liability is classified as Level 3 under the fair value 
hierarchy and is based on earnings calculation. The carrying amount of this commitment is accreted through interest 
to equal the settlement amount at each reporting date. 

The  carrying  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  customer  and  other  receivables  and  accounts  payable  are 
reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.  Interest rates 
that are currently available to us for issuance of long-term debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are 
used to estimate the fair value of our long-term debt, which primarily consists of revenue equipment installment 
notes. The fair value of our revenue equipment installment notes approximated the carrying value at December 31, 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

2019, as the weighted average interest rate on these notes approximates the market rate for similar debt. Borrowings 
under our revolving Credit Facility approximate fair average interest rate on these notes approximates the market 
rate for similar debt. 

16.      Income (Loss) per Share 

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by 
the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for common 
stock equivalents. Prior to the offering, there were no common stock equivalents which could have had a dilutive 
effect on earnings (loss) per share. The Company excluded 2,148,390 and 448,002 equity awards from our diluted 
shares for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively as inclusion would be anti-dilutive. 

The following is a summary of the Incentive Plan restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity from June 13, 
2018 to December 31, 2019: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2108 

2017 

2109 

Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders 

  $   (3,043)  $  26,106   $   (3,937)
 123 
  $   (3,647)  $  24,899   $   (4,060)

 1,207  

 604  

Basic weighted average of outstanding shares of common stock 
Dilutive effect of equity awards 
Diluted weighted average of outstanding shares of common stock 

 48,788  
 —  
 48,788  

 29,470  
 663  
 30,133  

 6,385 
 — 
 6,385 

Basic earnings (loss) per share  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 

  $ 
  $ 

 (0.07)  $ 
 (0.07)  $ 

 0.84   $ 
 0.83   $ 

 (0.64)
 (0.64)

17.      Segment Information 

The  Company’s  business  is  organized  into  two  reportable  segments,  Truckload  and  Brokerage.  The  Truckload 
segment  offers  asset-based  truckload  services,  including  OTR  trucking  and  dedicated  contract  services.  These 
services  are  aggregated  because  they  have  similar  economic  characteristics  and  meet  the  aggregation  criteria 
described in the accounting guidance for segment reporting. The Company’s OTR service offering provides solo 
and expedited team services through one-way movements of freight over routes throughout the United States and 
cross-border  into  and  out  of  Mexico.  The  Company’s  dedicated  contract  service  offering  devotes  the  use  of 
equipment  to  specific  customers  and  provides  services  through  long-term  contracts.  The  Company’s  dedicated 
contract service offering provides similar freight transportation services, but does so pursuant to agreements where 
it makes equipment, drivers and on-site personnel available to a specific customer to address needs for committed 
capacity and service levels.  

The Company’s Brokerage segment is principally engaged in non-asset-based freight brokerage services, where it 
outsources the transportation of loads to third-party carriers. For this segment, the Company relies on brokerage 
employees to procure third-party carriers, as well as information systems to match loads and carriers.  

The following table summarizes our segment information (in thousands): 

87 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Revenues 
Truckload 
Brokerage 

Total Operating Revenue 

Operating Income  
Truckload 
Brokerage 

Total Operating Income 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

  $ 1,521,494   $ 1,562,098   $ 1,382,167 
 173,218 
  $ 1,707,361   $ 1,804,915   $ 1,555,385 

 242,817  

 185,867  

  $

  $

 24,071   $
 1,999  
 26,070   $

 69,088   $
 9,818  
 78,906   $

 25,200 
 3,408 
 28,608 

A measure of assets is not applicable, as segment assets are not regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM) for evaluating performance or allocating resources. 

Information  about  the  geographic  areas  in  which  the  Company  conducts  business  is  summarized  below  (in 
thousands)  as  of  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017.  Operating  revenues  for  foreign 
countries include revenues for (i) shipments with an origin or destination in that country and (ii) other services 
provided in that country. If both the origin and destination are in a foreign country, the revenues are attributed to 
the country of origin. As of December 31, 2018, the long-lived assets of our Mexican operations were impaired to 
a balance of $0. 

Revenues 
United States 
Foreign countries 

Mexico 

Total 

18.      Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

2019: 
Operating revenues 
Operating income 
Net income (loss)(1)  
Basic earnings (loss) per share 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 

2018: 
Operating revenues 
Operating income(2) 
Net income (2) (3) 
Basic earnings  per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

  $ 1,704,989   $ 1,751,556   $ 1,504,926 

 2,372  

 50,459 
  $ 1,707,361   $ 1,804,915   $ 1,555,385 

 53,359  

 413,862   $   428,503   $ 

    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter
 449,633 
  $   415,363   $ 
 1,363 
 12,638  
 (9,594)
 4,721  
 (0.20)
 0.10  
 (0.20)
 0.10  

 3,282  
 (1,446) 
 (0.03) 
 (0.03) 

 8,787  
 2,672  
 0.05  
 0.05  

 449,758   $   460,227   $ 

    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter
 469,222 
  $   425,708   $ 
 21,142 
 14,854  
 6,996 
 1,159  
 0.14 
 0.18  
 0.14 
 0.18  

 22,892  
 16,129  
 0.33  
 0.33  

 20,018  
 615  
 0.04  
 0.04  

(1)  Fourth quarter 2019 results include an impairment charge of $6.8 million related to our Arnold note receivable. 

(2)  Fourth quarter 2018 results include an impairment charge of $10.7 million related to assets of business held for sale 

(3)  Fourth quarter 2018 results include an impairment charge of $1.8 million related to equity method investments 

88 

 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
       
       
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
       
       
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Corporate 
Information

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Eric Fuller 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Max Fuller 
Executive Chairman

Eric Peterson 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Danna Bailey 
Chief Brand Officer

Joel Gard 
President, Digital Transformation

Jason Grear 
Chief Accounting Officer

Justin Harness 
Chief Revenue Officer

Nathan Harwell 
EVP, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary

Matt Herndon 
Chief Operating Officer

Robert Pischke 
Chief Information Officer

Cameron Ramsdell 
President, U.S. Xpress Ventures

Amanda Thompson 
Chief People Officer

Max Fuller 
Executive Chairman and Director 
of the Company

Jon F. Beizer 
Director of the Company, Investment Partner at 
Western Technology Investments

Edward “Ned” H. Braman 
Director of the Company, Retired Audit 
Partner at Ernest & Young LLP

Jennifer G. Buckner 
Director nominee of the Company, 
Deputy Chief Information Security Officer 
and Senior Vice President, Corporate Security 
Governance, Risk, and Compliance for 
Mastercard Incorporated

Eric Fuller 
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Director of the Company

Dennis A. Nash 
Director of the Company, Chief Executive Officer 
and Chairman of Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.

John C. Rickel 
Director of the Company, Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of Group 1 
Automotive, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 

ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc. 
4080 Jenkins Road 
Chattanooga, TN 37421

STOCK EXCHANGE

The Company’s ticker symbol on the 
New York Stock Exchange is USX.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company, LLC 
Telephone: 800.937.5449

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc’s stockholders 
are invited to attend our 2020 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders, which will be held 
on Wednesday, May 27, 2020 at 11:30 a.m. 
Eastern Daylight Time. The meeting will be 
held at our corporate headquarters, located 
at 4080 Jenkins Road, Chattanooga, 
Tennessee 37421.

INVESTOR RELATIONS

For additional financial documents 
and information, please visit our investor 
relations website at investor.usxpress.com. 
Please contact us by phone at 
833.879.7737 or by sending an e-mail 
to investors@usxpress.com.

U.S. XPRESS ENTERPRISES, INC.
4080 JENKINS ROAD 
CHATTANOOGA, TN 37421

USXPRESS.COM